Official Culture

The Terror Industry (1)

By M.K. Styllinski

 If you’re submitting budget proposals for a law enforcement agency, for an intelligence agency, you’re not going to submit the proposal that ‘We won the war on terror and everything’s great,’ cuz the first thing that’s gonna happen is your budget’s gonna be cut in half. You know, it’s my opposite of Jesse Jackson’s ‘Keep Hope Alive’—it’s ‘Keep Fear Alive.’ Keep it alive.”

former FBI assistant director Thomas Fuentes


twin-towersIt took over 35 years for the majority of Americans to realise that factions within their own government assassinated John F. Kennedy. Not exactly a hopeful premise from which to start. It was at this juncture that the ground was laid for a more serious threat to the freedoms of not just the American Republic but to the stability of the whole world. More than 14 years have passed since the September 11 attacks and more people than ever are studying the official story and coming away with many more questions than answers.

Opinion polls on 911 vary greatly, both in terms of the questions asked and the size of the number of respondents. Back in 2006 more than a third of the American public suspected that federal officials assisted in the 9/11 terrorist attacks or took no action to stop them so the United States could go to war in the Middle East. [1] One in seven people in the UK believe the US government staged 9/11 and a recent poll sponsored by the German magazine Welt der Wunder resulted in 89 percent of the respondents saying they don’t believe the US government has told the whole truth about 9/11. [2] Interestingly, for the purveyors of State protection, a 2012 online poll by The Franklin Centre Library revealed that 77 percent thought 11 years after 9/11 that we were all less safe than before. [3]

With 75 top professors and leading scientists claiming  9/11 was ‘inside job’ in 2014, it appears academia is catching up with the public, though at a snails space. A more respectable 2,322 architects and structural engineers have also expressed their disbelief in all or some of the aspects of the official story over at Architects & Engineers for 9/11 truth (ae911truth.org/). There are hundreds of other 9/11 website organisations and non-profit educational charities who take issue with the governments version ranging from grassroots to academic.

The online encyclopedia of Wikipedia, (censored and guarded by suitable official story gatekeepers) provides the best summary of the US government and media-led “conspiracy theory” which has lodged itself in the public mind. The following represents the standard synopsis which is constantly wheeled out from media outlets and taken as the consensus.

Once upon a time…

“The September 11 attacks (also referred to as September 11, September 11th, or 9/11) were a series of four coordinated suicide attacks upon the United States in New York City and the Washington, D.C. areas on September 11, 2001. On that Tuesday morning, 19 terrorists from the Islamist militant group Al-Qaeda hijacked four passenger jets. The hijackers intentionally flew two of those planes, American Airlines Flight 11 and United Airlines Flight 175, into the North and South towers of the World Trade Center complex in New York City; both towers collapsed within two hours. The hijackers also intentionally crashed American Airlines Flight 77 into the Pentagon in Arlington, Virginia, and intended to pilot the fourth hijacked jet, United Airlines Flight 93, into the United States Capitol Building in Washington, D.C.; however, the plane crashed into a field near Shanksville, Pennsylvania, after its passengers attempted to take control of the jet from the hijackers. Nearly 3,000 people died in the attacks, including all 227 civilians and 19 hijackers aboard the four planes. At the time of the attacks, media reports suggested that perhaps tens of thousands might have been killed, and the total number of casualties remained unclear for several days.

Suspicion quickly fell on Al-Qaeda, and in 2004, the group’s leader, Osama bin Laden, who had initially denied involvement, claimed responsibility for the attacks. Al-Qaeda and bin Laden cited U.S. support of Israel, the presence of U.S. troops in Saudi Arabia, and sanctions against Iraq as motives for the attacks. The United States responded to the attacks by launching the War on Terror and invading Afghanistan to depose the Taliban, which had harbored Al-Qaeda. Many countries strengthened their anti-terrorism legislation and expanded law enforcement powers. In May 2011, after years at large, bin Laden was located and killed.” [4]

So, let’s get this straight…

… What we are being told is that a handful of mostly Saudi Arabians without military or intelligence training, acting independently of government or Intel agencies, managed to outsmart the whole Anglo-American Intelligence network, Israel’s MOSSAD and NATO; as well as the National Security Agency with its massive surveillance of connected networks spanning the globe. Let’s add to this the so-called “failures” from the National Security Council; US Airport security; NORAD, Air Traffic Control and the US Air Force. Let’s not forget the world’s most powerful defence system overseen by the world’s greatest superpower which just happened to allow a handful of Arabs with minimal pilot’s training, armed with box-cutters fly two jumbo jet airliners into the financial heart of downtown New York exploding into the most famous icons of world trade, whilst another employed an impossible flight manoeuvre in order to crash into the military defence centre of the most powerful nation on earth. Then, just before Obama’s election time, Osama Bin Laden, a known CIA asset and a former close business associate of the Bush family is conveniently found after over a decade of being “on the run”. Despite being the most wanted terrorist on earth, he is not questioned – like so many in Guantanamo Bay who appear to be mostly innocent yet tortured nonetheless – he is assassinated and promptly dumped at sea. Mission accomplished.

dreamstime_s_21682504

© Rkaphotography | Dreamstime.com – US Wars Are State Sponsored Terrorism Photo

That has to be the worst conspiracy theory ever to insult the intelligence of a sixth grader.

Yet, that is the official story we are expected to accept – without question. Most shocking of all, that’s exactly what so many people do: accept a story that simply cannot be true. Moreover, to add insult to injury and the memory of the dead, no proposal for an independent investigation into why the most monumental “failure” in National Security could have happened has arisen from the President, Congress, the Joint Chiefs of Staff or the MSM; nor has anyone been reprimanded, let alone prosecuted. The reality has been constant resistance, stone-walling, disinformation, propaganda, threats, suicides, and murders. Add to the mix are the corrupted commissions and inquiries whose only remit is to push the official story that must be made to fit into official culture. Of course, such a coup d’état could never have been accomplished if societies hadn’t been suitably tenderized by decades of social engineering. Part of that success has been due to the global War on Terror, or “overseas contingency operations” as Obama likes to call it.

Al-Qaeda and the global war on terror is the continuance of a “Strategy of Tension,” which refers to a period in Italy from 1969 to 1974, which suffered a series of terrorist attacks with heavy civilian casualties. It was an offshoot of what has been called Operation Gladio and their state-sponsored terror teams in Europe. [5] The strategy had its roots in fascist beliefs of Synarchism within government, military and intelligence networks. Their objective was to ruthlessly exploit underlying fears and grievances in European nations so that people would believe that the attacks were carried out by a communist insurgency within Europe. Many of these terrorist organisations went underground and resurfaced to be periodically stimulated by their masters for bespoke objectives. They do not just arise out of the blue. Much like the ebb and flow of paedophile and sex abuse networks, terrorist atrocities are given the required camouflage so that the perpetrators and their handlers remain in the shadows.

There are many populist and academic sources that will prove the phoney nature of Al-Qaeda and Osama Bin Laden. Of particular note is the acclaimed UK documentary The Power of Nightmares by Adam Curtis Top where CIA officials openly admit that the creation and history of Al-Qaeda as a terrorist network is a fabrication. [6] As former French intelligence officer Major Pierre-Henry Bunel confirms:

“The truth is, there is no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al Qaida. And any informed intelligence officer knows this. But there is a propaganda campaign to make the public believe in the presence of an identified entity representing the ‘devil’ only in order to drive the ‘TV watcher’ to accept a unified international leadership for a war against terrorism. The country behind this propaganda is the US and the lobbyists for the US war on terrorism are only interested in making money.” [7]

The CIA has used this ghost to buttress the fantasy that is Al-Qaeda (and the new proxy private army called ISIL), employing fake media reports and video appearances clearly from persons other than bin Laden himself which have fed into the aftermath of the new pearl harbour that was 9/11. [8] Even the name of “Al-Qaeda/Al-Qaida” has produced confusion, even dark amusement in Arab circles as one commentator wryly observed: “You have heard before that ‘Al-Qaeda’ roughly translates into ‘the base,’ but were you aware that ‘Ana raicha Al Qaeda’ is Arabic colloquial for ‘I’m going to the toilet’? Would hardened terrorists hell bent on the destruction of the west name their organization after a euphemism for taking a shit?” [9]

A fair point.

The common tactic that has been referred to before is known as the Hegelian Dialectic, though in truth Hegel described social changes rather than pointed manipulation in this context. However, it serves a suitable framework for the thinking behind state-sponsored terrorism which goes something like this:

1. The government creates or exploits a problem then attributes blame to others.

2. The populace react by asking the government for protection and help.

3. The government offers the solution that was planned long before the crisis.

4. Outcome: Rights and liberties are exchanged for the illusion of protection and help.

This is the geopolitical paradigm of our times largely unknown by the public, though thanks to the internet this is gradually changing. Government and military agencies at the mid to lower levels are equally unaware of this old formula which writer G. Edward Griffin described as: “… not a war on terrorism to defend freedom, but a war on freedom that requires the defense of terrorism.” [10] Meantime, the PR from the MSM and academia is still pushing the idea that America and Europe are overrun with teeth-gnashing terrorists hell-bent in renting asunder the fabric of our Western way of life. Since what is left of any civil rights in Europe and the US constitution has been eviscerated by the very same authorities who peddle these myths then might there be some mileage in the idea that they have something to gain from it all? For anyone who has taken the time to research the genesis of terrorism and the present-day nonsense passing for terrorist laws in the United States it is beyond doubt that the only thing American and European people need to fear is their governments.

According to a basic statistical analysis from 2013 the actual percentage of the US population who may be classified as a terrorist is around 0.00016%, or about 1 in 624,297 people. In this context, the writer Marc Salvo makes a pertinent observation about this topsy-turvy terror game when he said just a few months ago: “We’re not suggesting that terrorism doesn’t exist, but considering that 1 in 1000 Americans in 2010 were the subject of police misconduct ranging from excessive force beatings and murder to sexual assault and false arrest, perhaps the government should turn its surveillance on itself, rather than the 99.9% of Americans who want nothing more than to be left alone.” [11]

That is not to say there are not genuine terrorist plots, but the key issue here is what prevents terrorism from occurring and what actively encourages it? We know that invading Syria or Iraq has provided a massive surge of terrorist cells in those countries as a result and a bleed-through must have occurred in America and Europe. However, like some police trawling and entrapment operations in the UK, the lines between what is a genuine terrorist plot and creating home grown fanatics is more than blurred, it continues to stoke the needed fear and high profits necessary to sustain a terror industry.

As Al-Qaeda is wound down, ISIS takes over, funded with billions of dollars: a new brand with new bloody atrocities to market …

 


Notes

[1] ‘New National Poll: 36percent of Americans Believe 9/11 Was an Inside Job’ By Thomas Hargrove, Scripps Howard News Service Seattle. August 2, 2006.
[2] ‘One in seven believe U.S. government staged the 9/11 attacks in conspiracy’- The belief is more common among younger people, with a quarter of 16 to 24-year-olds subscribing to the theory By Alanah Eriksen, Daily Mail, 29 August 2011 | ‘German Poll: 89percent Question 9/11’ Welt-der-Wunder, January 24, 2011, 9/11 Truth News.
[3] ‘9/11 Online Poll’ The Franklin Center, September 11, 2012. http://www.franklincenterblog.wordpress.com
[4] ‘September 11th Attacks’www.wikipedia.com ( A far better starting point for an alternative “wikipedia” version of 9/11 can be found at wikispooks.)
[5] “Operation Gladio is undisputed historical fact. Gladio was part of a post-World War II program set up by the CIA and NATO supposedly to thwart future Soviet/communist invasions or influence in Italy and Western Europe. In fact, it became a state-sponsored right-wing terrorist network, involved in false flag operations and the subversion of democracy.
The existence of Gladio was confirmed and admitted by the Italian government in 1990, after a judge, Felice Casson, discovered the network in the course of his investigations into right-wing terrorism. Italian Prime Minister Giulio Andreotti admitted Gladio’s existence but tried to minimize its significance.
The main function of the Gladio-style groups, in the absence of Soviet invasion, seems to have been to discredit left-wing groups and politicians through the use of “the strategy of tension,” including false-flag terrorism. … The aim was to instill fear into the populace while framing communist and left-wing political opponents for terrorist atrocities.” – Operation GladioNATO/CIA “Stay-Behind” Secret Armies/ Truth Move / International Truth Movement, http://www.truthmove.org/content/operation-gladio/
[6] A partial listing for your own research follows: The Power of Nightmares BBC documentary by Adam Curtis. This is freely available to watch from various sources on the internet. ‘Al Qaeda and the ‘War on Terrorism’’ By Michel Chossudovsky, January 20, 2008. The Centre for Global Research: http://www.globalresearch.ca/PrintArticle.php?articleId=7718 and read the updated version of his 2005 book: America’s War on Terrorism by Michel Chossudovsky,| ISBN 0-9737147-1-9 2005. wwwglobalresearch.ca.: “…new chapters focuses on the use of 9/11 as a pretext for the invasion and illegal occupation of Iraq, the militarisation of justice and law enforcement and the repeal of democracy. According to Chossudovsky, the ‘war on terrorism’ is a complete fabrication based on the illusion that one man, Osama bin Laden, outwitted the $40 billion-a-year American intelligence apparatus. The “war on terrorism” is a war of conquest. Globalisation is the final march to the “New World Order”, dominated by Wall Street and the U.S. military-industrial complex. September 11, 2001 provides a justification for waging a war without borders. Washington’s agenda consists in extending the frontiers of the American Empire to facilitate complete U.S. corporate control, while installing within America the institutions of the Homeland Security State.” | See also: ‘Divide and Conquer: The Anglo-American Imperial Project’ by Andrew G. Marshall, Global Research, July 10, 2008 and ‘The Myth Of The Palestinian Suicide Bomber’ By Joe Quinn, Sott.net, 29 Jan 2007.
[7] ‘Al Qaeda: The Database’ by Pierre-Henry Bunel, Wayne Masden report November 18 2005. “In yet another example of what happens to those who challenge the system, in December 2001, Maj. Pierre-Henri Bunel was convicted by a secret French military court of passing classified documents that identified potential NATO bombing targets in Serbia to a Serbian agent during the Kosovo war in 1998. Bunel’s case was transferred from a civilian court to keep the details of the case classified. Bunel’s character witnesses and psychologists notwithstanding, the system “got him” for telling the truth about Al Qaeda and who has actually been behind the terrorist attacks commonly blamed on that group. It is noteworthy that that Yugoslav government, the government with whom Bunel was asserted by the French government to have shared information, claimed that Albanian and Bosnian guerrillas in the Balkans were being backed by elements of “Al Qaeda.” We now know that these guerrillas were being backed by money provided by the Bosnian Defense Fund, an entity established as a special fund at Bush-influenced Riggs Bank and directed by Richard Perle and Douglas Feith.”
[8] ‘Researcher: Bin Laden’s beard is real, video is not’ – Digital evidence supports the theory that Al-Qaida is recycling old footage to create new messages. Cnet.com September 12, 2007.
[9] ‘Existence of ‘Al-Qaeda’ Is Crap; Quite Literally’ – Did Osama really choose to name his terror network after potty humor or was it a computer database he used to chat with his CIA handlers? By Paul Joseph Watson, PrisonPlanet.com| October 6 2006: “The origins of the name “Al-Qaeda,” and its real arabic connotations prove that every time the Bush administration, Fox News, or any individual who cites the threat of ‘Al-Qaeda,’ as a mandate for war and domestic authoritarianism, they are propagating the myth that such a group ever existed.
An organization by the name of “Al-Qaeda” does not exist and has never existed outside a falsely coined collective term for offshoot loose knit terror cells, the majority of which are guided by the Pakistani ISI, Mossad, the Saudis, MI6 and the CIA, that were created in response to America’s actions after 9/11 – as the recent NIE report shows. According to the BBC documentary The Power of Nightmares, the infamous footage of Bin Laden marching around with armed soldiers was a ruse on the part of Osama himself, graciously propagated by the lapdog press, in which actors were hired off the streets, given uniforms and guns and told to look aggressive.” […]
[10] ‘The Chasm: The Future Is Calling’ (Part One) by G. Edward Griffin 2003, Revised March 17, 2011.
[11] ‘Odds That You Are a Terrorist: 1 in 624,297’ By Mac Slavo, SHTFplan.com, October 18th, 2013.

Save

9/11: The Point of No Return?

By M.K. Styllinski

 “Let us never tolerate outrageous conspiracy theories concerning the attacks of September the 11th; malicious lies that attempt to shift the blame away from the terrorists themselves, away from the guilty.”

 – President G.W. Bush, at the United Nations, November 10, 2001


9-11_Truth_2Note: Let it be said right at the start: I am no 9/11 scholar. This is merely an attempt to refresh our minds about the nature of the September 11th attacks in the context of an emerging Pathocracy and the subjects previously discussed. Therefore, what follows in this series is in no way a comprehensive analysis of what is, after all a vast topic. That said, as part of an exploration of why humanity stands at the threshold of massive change, it would be foolish not to include a summary of the key elements involved in such a global marker. I hope the following posts help to at least clarify the subject for those beginning to take a serious look at the nature of our reality in this context.


September 11th 2001 and the World Trade Centre attacks are a signpost in the fortunes of social control. It was the day – perhaps more than any other in the last two hundred years – that saw geo-strategy and our societies change for the worse. With any major act of synthetic terror there is a window of opportunity to perceive the objective reality behind the noise and smoke before Official Culture brings the shutters down once more. Since 2001, anyone who has taken the time to carefully sift through the discrepancies, distortions and obvious lies of the official conspiracy theory will have to navigate through the minefield of individual and collective belief as to how the world works. We bridle at accusations that our thinking is often just second or third hand opinion lifted from mainstream radio, T.V., newspapers or blogs. Seldom do we truly question what we are being force-fed through the constant osmosis of “news”. What the mainstream media (MSM) and most of current academia believe doesn’t just impinge on our own evaluations but very often exclusively determines the quality and direction of our opinions. This is why the media has such a crucial role to play in the correct presentation and dissemination of information.

Unfortunately, we cannot trust the MSM to provide unbiased and objective analysis due to a variety of conflicting interests from corporate, government and Psychological Operations teams (PSYOPS) embedded in media institutions for decades and the internet since its inception. Our news is layered over with self-censorship and journalistic pride that will not touch subjects deemed taboo for fear of losing their job or even worse, losing respect and prestige so coveted in their respective fields. As a result, there are well-known journalists and academics for which the subject of 9/11 is off-limits because it is has evolved into such a “hot potato” of controversy that to address it would mean the end of their social standing.

It is also true that certain persons still operate from a hopelessly juvenile dictionary which they still prefer to use when appraising personal and external realities. They derive comfort in overly simplistic versions of national and international events, despite the apparent expertise and erudition in their chosen field. Their beliefs come first and reality is tailored towards it. They cannot and will not sanction the idea that a coup d’état could have taken place on September 11th and no amount of reasoning will alter such a position. The often smug, post-modern denials and ad hominem attacks are used as a battering ram against those wishing to find the truth and if you start to make some headway in connecting the dots you will likely be on the end of carefully targeted character assassination by the fearful and ill-informed.

Official Culture determines what is or isn’t possible regarding the nature of governments and the military-intelligence apparatus, which means an almost impenetrable wall preventing critical analysis and reasoned discourse. What is now labelled the 9/11 Truth Movement is no exception, having been thoroughly infiltrated by paid CoIntelpro agents tasked with sowing the seeds of in-fighting and disinformation.

Talk show host and “king of conspiracy theory”, Alex Jones is a prime example. Famous for his cringe-making rants and bombastic behaviour and extremely commercial internet websites, he manages to switch off anyone interested in discovering the objective truth about our world, though he naturally appeals to those of high school age just waking up to the world.  Jones exists to hoover up any and all information pertaining to conspiracy-related topics and thus helps to tarnish these subjects by association. If he happens to get invited on mainstream television he is so over the top and reactionary that any rational conversation is impossible. This is how CoIntelpro works: whether a conscious or unconscious agent, both will assist to deflect, distort and disinform.

alex_jones

Alex Jones Talk show host and “conspiracy king”.

Similarly, Go to the internet pages of the very popular encyclopaedia Wikipedia and search for the pages on 9/11 and you will come away thinking that the 9/11 Truth Movement is inhabited only by delusional nerds, that the official story is beyond repute and supported by cast-iron facts. Wikipedia is visited by millions of people every day who might be persuaded by the obviously skewed presentation; where voluminous pages expound on the official story, affording little time for critical appraisal and alternative arguments.

In reality, there are many well qualified, experienced, rational and sincere persons for whom the official story of 9/11 does not and cannot possibly be anything but a fictional account. Anyone who approaches the subject with an open but skeptical mind and are able to think critically about this issue will inevitably come away with the disturbing conclusion that something is very wrong with the narrative we have been sold. Yet, there is a constant maintenance of the official story by the MSM and governments world-wide.

Once you start digging, the propaganda, blatant lies, fallacies and distortions are so painfully obvious to those who take the time, that it becomes truly shocking how deeply managed our culture truly is. And be assured, you don’t have to go very far before the central premise of the official story shows itself to be no more than a house of cards waiting to tumble. But fear is the cement upon which the bricks of belief can be constructed. And it is sometimes terrifying to have all that one thought good and true scattered to the wind. But it must be done if we are to have any hope at all going beyond an illusion of democracy.


“I Believe…”

Two words which have determined the course of history.

We humans have a curious predisposition to seek belief instead of facts. All actions or non-actions are based around either direct verification by experience and attention to supporting evidence or a preference for belief which includes neither. Belief systems set a demarcation line that cannot be crossed. One is happy in one’s belief and reality defines it.  Our wishful thinking tends to offer temporary comfort from the demons in our subconscious shadows. The wish to believe provides it with a formal structure which we can re-affirm in the outer world, surrounding ourselves with others who have chosen the same “consensus” through which to live their lives. Threats to those constructs are often resisted with logical fallacies and emotional reactions:

“Because the Bible says so and the Bible is the word of God.”

“I believe in Science. If there is no empirical proof then as far as I’m concerned, it doesn’t exist.”

“You don’t believe in all that 911 conspiracy theory nonsense do you?”

Peer groups and tribal memberships provide a rich reservoir of socio-cultural knowledge offering a ready template for custom-made ideologies. This is gradually adapted to one’s own personality and conditioned by long-term memory. If it fits with our need to survive in society, perhaps buffering us from pain, fear and uncertainty, then our social position, values, and objectives will conform to it. Conformity – at whatever degree or level – is a defining factor accompanied by a dictionary of interpretation which must exclude other forms of knowledge. When such a dictionary becomes out-dated and in conflict with the facts – even though new knowledge lies alongside it – that interpretation becomes a juvenile one, locked into the past and resistant to change.

Change, as we all know, can be very painful.

dreamstime_m_20965675© Krutoeva | Dreamstime.com – Through Rose Colored Glasses Photo

When assumption and ignorance are chosen as a way to protect ourselves from uncertainty, responsibility and unpleasant memories then abstract ideas provide the tool for social engineering and the seeds for ponerological influences. It logically follows that one’s beliefs can facilitate directions which – though founded on good intentions and “Christian principles” – may not be in the individual’s, groups’ or societies’ best interests. Any belief tends to reduce the potential for creative choices by limiting the field of awareness and therefore the quality of consciousness.

Psychopaths, social dominators and authoritarian personalities cling to their beliefs as a confirmation of their chosen, highly subjective reality. They serve any figure of authority be it a new age guru, academic lecturer or any type of leader that confers rewards for obedience. They prefer fantasy rather than what is, especially if, in the authoritarian’s case, it provides certainty against the unknown, however simplistic.

The psychopath will create reality according to his instinctive, primal desires which exclude all else. He will bend and force life into his twisted conceptions, whatever the cost and whatever the stakes. He turns the world into a poker game with guns and aces up his sleeve. Our wish to believe lends him momentum to achieve his goals; the projection of his self-belief is willingly received by those whose inner nature is vulnerable and without foundation. Belief restricts an open system of learning, which often includes suffering. Suffering accompanies self-growth as we discover what is, rather than what we would like it to be.

The world is conspiratorial by nature though this fact has been successfully glossed over by a combination of wishful thinking and perception management. After all, if you want to suggest that the government and its agencies have our best interests at heart then the denigration of those who offer an unprejudiced search for truth outside of traditional corporate controlled media is a standard tactic. It is also pertinent to mention recent university studies which reveal that the 9/11 official story “gatekeepers” fit the profile of irrational and emotionally unstable individuals when exposed to an alternative view of reality, no matter how sensible or logical that reality may be.  In June 17, 2013 online journal 21st Century Wire included a post entitled: ‘New studies: ‘Conspiracy theorists’ sane, while government dupes are crazy and hostile’. Psychologists Michael J. Wood and Karen M. Douglas of the University of Kent found that:

“The research … showed that people who favoured the official account of 9/11 were generally more hostile when trying to persuade their rivals.” […] “For people who think 9/11 was a government conspiracy, the focus is not on promoting a specific rival theory, but in trying to debunk the official account.”

In other words, the stereotype of the conspiracy theorist as lunatic, fringe-fanatic, in fact generally described those who defend the official conspiracy theory provided by the governments and their media outlets.

Political scientist Professor Lance deHaven-Smith’s book Conspiracy Theory in America (2013) published by University of Texas Press provides further insights into the term “conspiracy theory.”

It is a matter of historical record, albeit widely unknown, that the CIA embarked on an illegal propaganda campaign to circulate the phrase so that it became a pejorative term. (See: “In 1967, the CIA Created the Label ‘Conspiracy Theorists’ … to Attack Anyone Who Challenges the ‘Official’ Narrative). So, when people began to question the 1963 assassination of J.F. Kennedy they would be ridiculed and defamed thus providing a psycho-social protection for the subject. As we know, there is nothing more powerful than the herd instinct for self-preservation. In the Professor’s own words: “The CIA’s campaign to popularize the term ‘conspiracy theory’ and make conspiracy belief a target of ridicule and hostility must be credited, unfortunately, with being one of the most successful propaganda initiatives of all time.”

WTC_smoking_on_9-11

September 11th attacks on the World Trade Center’s Twin Towers, 2001.

Studies have also shown cognitive dissonance and “confirmation bias” dominates the perceptions of those who prefer to believe in the 9/11 official story and many other official versions of historical conspiracies, despite many of those “theories” since proven to have been conspiracy fact. While hard-core skeptics and self-avowed debunkers tend to exhibit an absolutist  persona backed up by a militant belief in materialist science, what may be at the root of this apparent quest to find the truth is nothing more than an abnormal emphasis on the left brain, a neurological deficiency which limits the ability to see beyond their own authoritarian beliefs. This was revealed in spectacular fashion by Professor Bob Altemeyer’s studies on authoritarian followers.

There remains today a wealth of information on the internet and in published books regarding the events of September 11th 2001. You may be one of those people who consider themselves open-minded and well-read, willing to take on new sources of information in order to learn about our world in order to expand your awareness. Although there has been a sea-change in collective awareness you would still be in the minority. When we approach the subject with an open but skeptical mind, and sift through the media and US government’s official story of September 11th, then we will come up against a “conspiracy theory” that is logically inconsistent, defies the laws of physics, flies in the face of rational, deductive observations and fails to explain the reasons and causes of these events on so many different levels that we will likely suffer a change in our world-view. Depending how inured one is in Official Culture this will result in two emotional responses and the choices which must follow:

1) Shock and cognitive dissonance as a result of one’s cherished beliefs about the world coming under attack and the fear and stress induced. A shoring up of those beliefs may occur, calling a halt to any further research and a determined crystallisation of the official story. Depending on how deep the threat to one’s beliefs the information presents, the seeking out of groups and persons who can bolster and buffer those beliefs will take place where ridicule, disinformation and authoritarian precepts rule the day. No matter how illogical or irrational the stance, nothing must be allowed to penetrate these beliefs since they are bound up with identity.

2) A period of disbelief and sadness, perhaps even an initial rejection, followed by an interlude of reflection and soul-searching. This might lead to a re-visiting of the subject and the determination to find answers. The choice is made to seek a better understanding of the issues involved and arrive at more objective appraisal. The only way to do this properly is to network with others who have also recognised that something is seriously amiss.

That does not imply that all the answers are immediately forthcoming or even correct, only that the government story cannot be true and therefore a new, independent investigation must take place, however improbable such a possibility may be.

This brings us back to the idea that there are two types of people who will gravitate to either an a priori belief and the comfort it offers at the expense of truth, or the ability to think critically while maintaining an open mind – a healthy skepticism if you will. Authoritarians, drawn from both conservative and the liberal, function largely on emotions which are used to defend their worldview. The intent behind any assessment of new information is based not on the search for truth but the need to maintain that belief and thus to “feel good”. Unexamined assumptions inform the reality of fundamentalists or absolutists who prefer order and error to complex truth. Since irrational criteria is used for assessing facts which are filtered through the controlling belief, they cannot be aware of their own indoctrination and dogma.

9-11-2011A

Freedom lights anniversary (wikipedia)

Ideally, true critical thinkers, with a broad knowledge of many fields test the certitude of their conclusions. Experiential knowledge and networking without prejudice acts as the litmus test for evaluations. Lying to themselves does not feature and nor do manipulative appeals to the emotions. Impartiality and objective observation of each opposing camp is analysed while using their heads and their hearts to position themselves fairly, even if it leads to the break-down of a hidden bias or the discovery of a set of assumptions. They are aware of how easily it is to deceive themselves. This latter grouping is lacking in relation to the 9/11 inquiries and related fields – most especially ponerology.

This is what makes the events of 9/11 a highly controversial issue because it is not simply a matter of addressing the gargantuan holes in the government story; it is akin to peeling away the outer layers of an onion which can stimulate a parallel process to occur within ourselves. It is here that we find the crux of the challenge: this process of discovery is potentially more painful than simply pointing out errors in logical reasoning and scientific principles; far more sensitive than addressing social, cultural and geo-political justifications for why the official story doesn’t make sense. As you dig deeper you realise that what we considered to be truth and reality is turned upside down and that is akin to experiencing a form of withdrawal from our addictive, Official Culture. Our faith and trust in our valued institutions and the beliefs – so often based on a false interpretation of history – can be shaken to the core. So much so, that our world-view begins to unravel and thus our sense of self.

If you are one of those who consider themselves outside such cultural shocks then perhaps your particular belief hasn’t been discovered yet. The deceptions inherent in the 9/11 attacks may be easy for you to take on board but there are sure to be other “sacred cows” lying buried …We all have them. When we have not been suitably prepared and these revelations happen too quickly we can fall into loneliness, sadness and even depression as a result of knowing what we would rather not know, perhaps having shielded ourselves from what we knew to be true deep down. Or, we can go to the other extreme and become drunk on the new information, our intellect inflating to the extent it squeezes out emotional nuance and thus proper communication. We become trapped in that particular mirror and over identify with the subject in question, becoming fundamentalist in our quest. 

This is the greatest challenge to the uncovering of information and knowledge regarding 9/11 and other crimes, as it demands that we shine the light on the darkness in the outer world thereby highlighting our own inner complacency. Those factions within the Establishment who may have sanctioned and perpetrated the events of 9/11 rely on the fact that many will not go against a complex and tightly-woven set of beliefs and their societal constructs. This programming instinctively resists any attempts at disclosure and investigation in favour of the status quo. 

dreamstime_m_34143077

© Alphaspirit | Dreamstime.com – Businessman Like An Ostrich Photo

The events of 9/11 are unquestionably a rich field of discourse not just because the world changed into a more paranoid and dangerous place since that tragic event, but because the answers to so many questions about the role and function of government, the media and commerce lie within it. It is the central core from which various paths of deleterious influence fan out, and which can be traced back to providing tangible benefits to a select few. Machiavellian strategies are always in the shadows stimulating these collective traumas in the mass mind and suitably conditioned to accept the solutions proffered, however ridiculous. Qui bono always applies.

After the whitewash of the 9/11 commission, the still deafening silence of much of the MSM and infiltration of the 9/11 Truth Movement by CoIntelpro, it may be that researchers and investigative journalists have lost the initiative they might have had. Every year which goes by gives an advantage to those who perpetrated this ambitious crime. The dire consequences for the American people and for the world in general cannot be overstated. The present police state in the USA and geopolitical events in the Middle East and the Ukraine are testament to this fact.

Despite this, there is hope. More and more people are deciding to think critically about the events of that day and the surrounding geo-political narratives. It will be an arduous task to produce a consensus where it counts regarding the events of that day, let alone push for an independent investigation. Nevertheless, it is important to remember that our social systems have largely evolved to keep us compliant and docile and/or pathological and disturbed. The tranquility of mind and openness necessary to make informed choices on this subject must be hard won, especially when Establishment dynamics largely operate in secrecy along with policies in plain sight which require an understanding of their vocabulary and insider language. Thanks to independent internet journalism the blindfold might be slipping … slowly but surely.

As noted in previous posts, secrecy and conspiracy are the standard pillars holding up our Official Culture. A reminder from historian and researcher Richard M. Dolan will underscore the fact:

“Nearly everything of significance undertaken by the military and intelligence community in the past half-century has occurred in secrecy. The undertaking to build an atomic weapon, better known as the Manhattan Project, remains the great model for all subsequent activities. For more than two years not a single member of Congress knew about it, although its final cost exceeded the then incredible total of $2 billion. During and after the Second World war, other important projects, such as the development of biological weapons, the importation of Nazi scientists, terminal mind control experiments, nationwide interception of mail and cable transmissions of an unwitting populace, infiltration of the media and universities, secret coups, secret wars and assassinations all took place far removed not only from the American public, but from most members of Congress and a few presidents. Indeed, several of the most powerful intelligence agencies were themselves established in secrecy, unknown by the public or Congress for many years.” [1]

Undue secrecy and manipulation on the part of Empire always fails in the end, albeit going underground. The trick will be to predict how and when those roots may rise again. Hindsight is after all, a wonderful thing. But thanks to pioneers in the fields of psychopathy and ponerology we are now seeing a return to ancient wisdom, which, down through the ages may have been alerting us to the evil in our midst. That’s where a finely-tuned psycho-social conscience is crucial in preventing the ascendance of psychopaths in power, and when it becomes a matter of soul survival for the individual and his culture.

So, with this in mind, how did it get to a state of affairs where the American public (and much of the world) could so easily accept the Hollywood version of 9/11?

To answer this question, we must take a brief detour back to Mr. Edward Bernays who contributed to a very modern psychological coup against the US population and the consequent systematic dumbing down of its education.

 


Notes

[1] p.23; introduction; UFOs and the National Security State Chronology of a Cover-up – 1941-1973 (2002) By Richard M. Dolan. Published by Hampton Roads Publishing Co.

Technocracy XVI: A Post Human World? (2)

“One can’t deal with irrational luddites unless one understands them.”

– a transhumanist


It seems it’s not possible to be against some of the fundamental principles upon which transhumanism stands without being tarred with the Luddite brush.  This is despite the fact that Luddites were absolutely right in their fears, in that such an enforced change would rip out the heart of community and replace it with Blakes’ “Dark Satanic Mills” of the Industrial Revolution. Ultimately, it reinforced slave labour, poverty, class divides, the globalisation of the factory line and environmental destruction on a grand scale. This would develop into the corporatist-collectivist Three Establishment Model that would enforce a cartel banking system of debt sustained by perpetual war. The level of technological sophistication has advanced but the transhumanism revolution is based on the same mindset: Machines will do it all. It signifies “progress.”

Progress for who and by what means?

One might also say: “One can’t deal with irrational transhumanists unless one understands them – as tiresome as that may be.” (The last bit is optional).

TRANSHUMANThe Ultimate Hubris of Deux Ex Machina? | © unknown

Looking back at the themes in previous posts the reader may see that transhumanism and technocracy are potentially two sides of the same spinning coin which has yet to settle. Military, government, corporate and family dynasties are (s)warming to this new SMART vision of the world, a large percentage of whom follow specific esoteric traditions of the negative “left hand path” in occult fraternities. They believe themselves to be Divine Kings or mini-Gods in human form destined to rule over their inferior minions. It is largely for this reason that popular culture is now awash with transhumanist philosophy as part of a natural excitement surrounding the future of this technology and more covertly, as a continuance of social engineering care of Rockefeller social science and its numerous offshoots. Transhumanism is extremely important to the Elite despite what appears to be a hackneyed interpretation of biology and consciousness. Indeed, blurring the boundaries between man and machine is essential to the success of these extraordinary technologies.

The acronym “GRIN” is now commonly used to describe educational technology, information technology, nanotechnology, biotechnology, cognitive science, robotics, and artificial intelligence, all of which taken individually or as a generic platform have the capability to utterly transform societies. Ray Kurzweil agrees and recently told the Foresight Institute’s Eighth Conference on Molecular Nanotechnology: “By the end of this century, I don’t think there will be a clear distinction between human and machine,” [1] There is also the Harvard research team led by Professor of Chemistry Charles M. Lieber who has: “… developed a system for creating nanoscale ‘scaffolds’ that can be seeded with cells that grow into tissue.” Lieber reiterates the limited effectiveness of present monitoring and interaction of living systems but he believes: “Ultimately, this is about merging tissue with electronics in a way that it becomes difficult to determine where the tissue ends and the electronics begin.” [2]

If that fills you with dread then you might be holding on to the quaint notion that consciousness and the concept of immortality lie outside the limitations of the mind and body, let alone a bio-computer. Does that mean we cannot utilise technology to extend life as an add-on elixir fixed to matter alone? Perhaps not. Yet, it could be said that adding machine to flesh in an endless loop of self-assembly lines until the body is subsumed is a symptom of a human frailty; an official Culture of addiction and death as nihilistic void. In other words, the attachment to an idea – especially if it promises so much and casts out fear of the unknown – is tantalising beyond measure but that does not mean it is somehow anything more than another techno-religious overlay to assuage instinctual fears.  For transhumanists that’s probably a good thing until the complexity of machine literally outstrips biology. For with greater and greater complexity the more probability there is for consciousness to ignite. Nonetheless, for many, there is still a natural disquiet about the whole notion of the human BE-ing, with its mind made manifest in human form, left on the hard shoulder (or hard drive) of the information superhighway.

Rather than an obsession with what can be augmented and improved in the world of matter, ancient wisdom taught us to look within first, one might say to the world of “Spirit”, in order to change ourselves, to know ourselves and that this would naturally be reflected in external reality; building a centre within through which the Creative Universe may flow, unimpeded by implanted cortical processors and nanotubes. If we live from the assumption that the brain is all there is, if one’s belief system demands that there is no consciousness outside the friction of a man-made machine, where intelligence, intuition, biology (and countless anomalies) is merely a Darwinian by-product of selfish genes… then hitching a ride on the sparks created from such an effort may be as good as it gets. Where it will lead you however, might depend upon your essential “frequency” of awareness rather than the ever greater nanoengineering of your nervous system.

Is it possible to create a synthetic mimicry of soul growth? Is uploading the mind the same as uploading the soul? Do most transhumanists give credence to such a thing? Or is it merely a superstitious myth to be outgrown so that we may merge into something more akin to matter?

History tell us the latter comes by stealth every time, deceiving those whose bull-shit-o-meter isn’t sufficiently honed.

abstract-transhumanism-1162x1200-wallpaper_www-wall321-com_33

Illustration on Transhumanism and SMART society

Central to transhumanism is the idea that humanity is so imperfect as to be a bad evolutionary joke. Only machines can tip the balance towards the perfection we all supposedly long for, neatly packaged with the belief that man and toaster can be fused in perfect triadic harmony. Happiness and even hedonism are often seen as prerequisites for the transhumanist hipster. Aligned with the bio-ethical school of abolitionism which proposes the use of psychopharmaceuticals and genetic engineering to eliminate the possibility of painful sensations and emotions, we are again harking back to the work of Aldous Huxley’s use of certain drugs as a form of synthetic “paradise engineering.” Creating a form of emotional doping means that the ability to truly distinguish between objective and subjective reality becomes blurred. It becomes a) an escape into an inner comfort zone that uses a synthetic façade to dull the senses and cover up the human condition rather than confronting it. Or b) hot-wires the brain to create short-cuts to multidimensional pathways which may leave the mind reeling from such a premature exposure, though many have been changed positively from such revelations its a bit of a crap-shoot. Either way, this is useful to those overseeing a Technocracy. A neuro-pharmacological bind to virtual realities which by default, becomes Reality might be a rather convenient way to defang a generation of spiritual thinkers who already have the potential to ignite this Hieros Gamos, (the marriage of feminine/masculine) the alchemical seeds within, without recourse to merging with a fractal replication of low grade desire…

Perhaps part of humanity’s destiny is not to ping-pong from states of unhappiness to happiness but to go beyond this duality. Perhaps it is the case that for the human species to truly learn, suffering is part of our sojourn here on earth. When did anyone ever grow long-term wisdom from an artificially induced, state-mandated happiness? Most of the extraordinary creative brilliance has come from the “Dark Nights of the Soul” yet would these examples of creativity have had the chance to manifest under the philosophy of transhumanist hedonism that wishes to banish every shadow in favour of a subjective, synthetic perfection?

The drug culture of the 1960s and beyond may have led to spiritual revelation for many but it never reached practical application of that knowledge for the majority. In this sense, there is some cross-over between transhumanism and the less welcoming aspects of the New Age movement. The same lip-service is given to developing character and concepts of “Self” but little practical application above technology as saviour can be evidenced. Indeed, the very notion of what it means to struggle and forge a new human being within seems to be lost on transhumanists. This brand of transformation offers a complete “reboot” and upgrade – even a total refurbishment of the lowly organic.

Surely, instead of identifying exclusively with the external world and the technological horizons of urban life (which was already thoroughly disconnected with the natural world) they lose what it means to be biologically human. We may not need foreign bodies of nano-bots in the brain to realise our inherent potential because the latter may be beyond the whole idea of matter itself. Matter as tool, gross materiality as a symbol of higher dimensions, but not one to indulge and join. Unless that is, you choose the downward path of primal matter.

Primo_Posthuman Transhuman Body Prototype authored and designed by Natasha Vita-More (1997; 2009; 2012).

The assumption that we can simply adapt the human mind – dare we say, Spirit – to the parameters of a machine and assume that such an adaptation is “destiny” appears to display a “little picture” view of human potential whilst claiming the opposite. It may well be that the concept of evolution exists at many levels of perception, seen and unseen. After all, if you can get a tattoo, why not pay for a chip to be embedded in your brain so that you can be just like Keanu Reeves and download a karate program – eh viola! Instant learning. If you happen to be wealthy then your child’s education will move closer to brain-chip upgrades than any real notion of deep understanding and effort. Unpleasant memories? Just indulge in some cosmetic neurology and tinker around with the brain so that you can delete all the icky parts of your life you’d rather not remember, even though this is what makes us human and helps us build wisdom. The holographic nature of the brain and its plasticity also calls into question the spiritual efficacy of such augmentation. When non-local becomes local, does this root us to matter or as transhumanists claim, bootstrap us away from it into higher dimensions? Seems like we are back to the short cut route of psychopharmaceuticals.

As stated above, the more complex an organism whether made from circuits, flesh or combination of both, it is only a matter of time before consciousness develops and thus self-awareness. It may even be possible that there are no barriers to the seeding of sentience. However, the quality of that consciousness is the key issue. Once we are all plugged into SMART society we will be free to push our virtual reality to untold potentials – just as long as we’re plugged into the mainframe and suitably “modified and “enhanced” so that we can accommodate all that extra “intelligence.” Yet, enormously intelligent is surely not the same as enlightened. It just represents computational power. If that’s disbursed through a virtual matrix wired up to the same pathocratic visions, then all circuits and chips will lead to a technocracy characterised by yet another manifestation of neo-feudalism.

What is emerging is a cult of transhumanism which gives a bad name to technological progress because it offers a wholly simplistic view of the human being, while appealing to the biocentric narcissism. When you are divorced from healthy psychological living – which, to various degrees most of us are – no amount of wishful thinking will derive wisdom from external modalities grafted onto flesh or tapping into the personality – even dreams – no matter how efficient and certain such an environment may be. Nature’s unpredictability and the sticky, messy earthiness of organic life has a connection with the human condition, perhaps through our very DNA which is made up of exactly the same qualities that cannot be reduced down to rigid, silicon-based parameters, whatever the touted sophistication.

>Regardless of the tenuous link to “silicon as Nature” the latter will always find a way to make the seemingly perfect, imperfect in order to adhere to its Universal-Cosmic program of learning through friction and the experience of opposites. Rather than “improving” human beings, the net result may actually take us further down the road to techno-psychopathy and the degradation of what makes us human: the development of emotions and conscience.

Technology in this context has implications for the conception and act of creativity. When everyone can download a program to “paint” and click a button to “compose” everyone will be an artist/engineer but entirely divorced from originality and thus individuality. We will all begin to think and act the same way without having mastered the art of living through experience which is necessarily a slow process of building quality. If everything is at our fingertips, where is the effort and friction that creates new pathways of learning? We may have an increase in optimum efficiency and sensation at the expense of deeper feeling and the spark of original thought. With such an all-encompassing hard drive to implement a massive mainframe of effortless and instant technical know-how where does the impetus come from to challenge our self-satisfaction and self-importance? Tension and resistance is not about a puritanical masochism but the lodestar of creativity which may ultimately go beyond humans’ technological constructs.

extant-hberry

“EXTANT” (2013) CBS TV series produced by Steven Spielberg and starring Halle Berry. This is the usual fusion of Artifical Intelligence and Extraterrestrial life and government projects. The propaganda is easy to read as it is in most of Spielberg’s films and TV series. The message is overwhelmingly in favour of technologically advanced aliens, loveable transhumanist lab workers, cutesy androids and that we are all rather ignorant and hurtful if we think otherwise.

Nature and art are reflecting more and more the replacement of a buffered and synthetic reality where the subjective (ignorance, illusion, self-deception, Non-Being) is God rather than striving to know (Objective truth, Love, Knowledge, Being). All artists will continue to create but they will do so not from any intrinsic connection to objective reality but from a copy of a copy of a copy of a copy. This is the nature of replication. It’s wonderful for uniformity and functionality but lacks originality. It is necessarily divorced from the purely organic which ancient and modern wisdom alike tells us has a power or “chi” that is rooted in the bio-rhythmic cycles of Nature.

That does not mean that extraordinary new art forms cannot be born in virtual reality and new technology but cognitive roots must surely source their inspiration from the original as far as is possible. Otherwise, it can so easily lead to the homogenisation of “talent” where mediocrity rules, as explored in Official Culture. Inspiration and creativity demand the friction of experience tied to an organic emotional resonance; a direct contact with the elements of Earth, fire, air and water as a living, breathing system of  unmediated resonance. Just as social networks and technology are leading to definite benefits of networking there is also clear cognitive and neurological impairment in the young as well as increasing isolation and depression as a result of living our lives through mediated technology i.e. real-time separation through technological barriers as opposed to real-time contact.  It is the path of the alchemical shaman meeting the archetype of the trickster that lures you into lessons for soul growth, learning that shocks you awake, not by further augmenting our already inflated emotional buffers.

transhumanism-pop-culture1Transhumanism in popular culture

What of death?

Transhumanist philosophy, while rejecting religion, seems to embrace an evangelism against death as the archetypal grim reaper rather than a release and liberation; an aberration rather than the natural consequence of birth. The decay and renewal is part of organic life and it is the belief that we are separate from the natural world and not in control that distils a potent fear into an ideology that is supposedly sophisticated, but could just be an intellectually-heavy rationalisation stuck with software and hardware as insects to fly-paper. A techno-spiritual salvation as protection offers a short-term relief from uncertainty and eventual death of the body that lies behind it.

Freud would have been proud.

Antoine Wiertz Une tete de mort

“Une tete de mort” By Antoine Wiertz (1806-1865)

After all, a human being is not a computer though it may share many characteristics. As stated, the brain has remarkable plasticity and can change and grow according to an almost holographic template. We are made up of a microcosmic soup of infinite complexity at the cellular, molecular neuropsychological and perhaps even multi-dimensional level of consciousness. In this sense, is not transhumanism highly reductionist in its approach to social problems and their solutions? If so, implicit in these desires is the need for a fear-based immortality. Indefinite life-spans are to be engineered by transporting brain and mind (because the brain is the mind in the transhumanist reality) to a non-biological form. It is this same Social Darwinist assumption that the psychological sub-strata of all humans are alike and if we just manipulate the mass mind into a technological cure-all, everything will be rosy. Consciousness studies, neurology, quantum physics and the nature of awareness outside of the human body doesn’t even enter the picture.

With psychological reductionism aside, a total absence of psychopathy awareness handicaps any movement from the outset, whatever the perceived potential. Moreover, psychopathic personalities have no capacity for higher emotion and are ideally suited to the very technological accoutrements currently being pushed. If you have no conscience, no capacity for higher emotion and seek more and more sophisticated means from which to extract your “food”, what better way than to take your predation to the next level via high-end technology ? Yet, even here, the optimism of normal humanity is so in love with gadgetry that, with the best of intentions, this may be one Pandora’s Box that will be very difficult to close even halfway.

As Hadas Elber stated in her essay “Visions of Humanity between the post-human and the Non-Human.”:

“Contemporary history has been plagued by attempts to cure humanity of its schisms. The Third Reich, the Soviet Union and the Cultural Revolution in China were all ideological projects devoted to abolishing contradiction from the human subject and thus reconstituting him as the harmonious post-human. Whether or not these projects were faithful to Nietzsche’s original vision remains a matter of debate, but clearly they drew upon his tropes of human disease and post-human salvation.” [3]

The transcendent super-human as ideology is essential to this futurism and therefore doomed, precisely because of this  brand of hubris. If you have an external salvation there is no need for any sacrifice or faith which is where an inverted alchemy comes in. Sacrifice and faith is distorted to follow its shadow side. (More on this later).

As part of yet another curative attempt on behalf of this post-human harmony, early 2015 saw a landmark in human genetic modification. Despite significant scientific, ethical, and legal objections,the United Kingdom became the first country to allow human germline modification, genetic changes of which will be passed on to future generations. germline genetic modification allows “three-person in vitro fertilization,” which combines genetic material from two women and a man. Aside from giving more women the chance to have children – a laudable goal indeed – Marcy Darnovsky and Jessica Cussins of the Centre for Genetics and Society (CGS) highlighted the wide-ranging implications of what this really means:

“Genetic-engineering techniques now being developed, including “precision gene editing,” soon may enable specific changes to nuclear DNA in embryos that would directly influence specific inherited traits. How do we ensure that we don’t sleepwalk into a world of biotechnological eugenics in which genetic alterations or “enhancements,” driven by parental preference or fertility industry marketing, exacerbate existing social inequalities?” [4]

The answer is: we don’t. The genie is already out of the box.

geneticen.1Transhumanists are liberally sprinkled throughout the NSA and the DARPA team. Turning the human being into a programmable machine has long been the goal of the Elite, after all. Now it seems, they may have their wish by digitising our very DNA. With the usual preambles of “protection” “pollution control” and “greater healthcare” the White House gave tacit approval to the manipulation of DNA in the bid to create new life-forms. Of special note is the J. Craig Venter Institute which rivals Ray Kurzweil’s soaring optimism for automation and post human weirdness. Venter is a leading scientist in the field of gene mapping which has the omnipresence potential to merge with the surveillance state and the growing DNA database. Indeed, Venter’s goal is to plug into the Internet of Things in order to provide everyone with access to instant vaccines and “tele-transport medicine” via:

“… a box attached to a computer that would receive DNA sequences over the internet to synthesise proteins, viruses and even living cells.” He explains: “It could, for example, fill a prescription for insulin, provide flu vaccine during a pandemic or even produce phage viruses targeted to fight antibiotic-resistant bacteria.

On the more fanciful side, Venter also imagines the ability to transport the information to colonists on Mars, but even that apparently can’t be completely brushed aside. As he clearly states, “‘This isn’t a fantasy look at the future. We are doing the future.”  [5]

It is not the overall hubris that is worrying since that has always been an all too human frailty. It is the choice of a singular perception, this “doing the future” as Promethean benefactor. It can only become tied to the same 0.00001%” who would use it just as they have a fiat currency, television, media and factory lines of the past. It is here that normality swiftly becomes pathology before we have had time to blink. Recall one time Senior Advisor and Deputy Chief of Staff, Karl Rove, who in 2004, a few weeks before the election of puppet psychopath George W. Bush had this to say about journalist Ron Suskind and others who might consider truth rather important:

Guys like [Suskind] were “in what we call the reality-based community,” which he defined as people who “believe that solutions emerge from your judicious study of discernible reality.” … “That’s not the way the world really works anymore,” he continued. “We’re an empire now, and when we act, we create our own reality. And while you’re studying that reality—judiciously, as you will—we’ll act again, creating other new realities, which you can study too, and that’s how things will sort out. We’re history’s actors…and you, all of you, will be left to just study what we do.”  [6]

A pathologically egotistical and reflexive call to action that brushes aside objective reality in favour of stuffing the Creative Universe into their own tiny, subjective perceptions of reality. It is akin to much of the New Age philosophy of Create-your-own-Reality meme and mirrors the tunnel vision of transhumanists. If Venter and others like him see life as nothing more than a software program so, of course, that’s where the trajectory will take us. Unfortunately, we will all be sucked into that “future” as defined by technocrats and genetic engineers who see Nature and the Cosmos as a laboratory specimen to be broken up and fragmented into constituent parts in order to be manipulated and “improved.”

When man and machine can’t be distinguished or separated will that mean that timeless, unbounded consciousness is “upgraded”? Perhaps the quality of consciousness is merely another analogue of Wi-Fi, and we the physical GWEN towers of its radiation. All we need are greater and greater upgrades to a techtopian perfection which doesn’t exist….

transformers-3God-like Cyborg Aliens and apocalyptic effects, Michael Bay (2013)

There are many engineering visionaries waiting in the wings of bio-genetic “innovation” ready to fuse man to a synthetic biology. Men such as George Church who display the same nonchalant, eugenic inevitability as the eco-fascist who sees the culling of a few million people as part of the same fateful Directive. Yet, Church’s logic is hard to refute when set against the current inexorable drive to expand bio-ethical and technological frontiers.

He states:

“Almost all technology in this area is banned until it works,” … “In vitro fertilization was banned, and now it is immoral to deny an infertile couple their birth-right to have a child produced by their bodies. At some point, someone will come up with an airtight argument as to why they should have a cloned child. At that point, cloning will be acceptable. At that point, people will already be choosing traits for their children. What politician will tell a parent that they can’t spend their hard-earned money on getting an extra 50 SAT points for their child as long as it’s safe?” [7]

ChimeraAnd if you are busy cloning your mind to upload into NASDAQ listed avatar it is hardly likely at this stage that cloning one’s synthetic offspring will prove morally challenging. Ethics and morality are already undergoing a strengthening in relativism which is not in accordance with what we consider to be our basic human values. Perhaps the innovations will extend to unaccountable R&D teams stretching the boundaries of stem-cell research and who indulge in the marriage of both nanotechnology, tissue and “chimeras” – named after the creatures of Greek mythology. Human stem-cells added to animal foetuses are taking place under federal mandated programs. With no guidelines ethical or otherwise, what will be the outcome? Who defines how human a chimera must be before regulation and rules are applied? Pigs being born with human blood in their veins; sheep whose livers and hearts are largely human and mice with human brain cells are not science fiction but cold-blooded fact. Medical advances may eventuate but what of other, more long-term societal implications? The Pathocrats would see no disadvantage at all in using human-animal hybrids just as we use machines.

>Robert Streiffer, a professor of philosophy and bioethics at the University of Wisconsin offers this chilling scenario: “Imagine a human-chimpanzee chimera endowed with speech and an enhanced potential to learn — what some have called a ‘humanzee.’ There’s a knee-jerk reaction that enhancing the moral status of an animal is bad, but if you did it, and you gave it the protections it deserves, how could the animal complain?” [8]  If we believe that those “protections” would be forthcoming in a world of enforced supply and demand and disappearing ethics then we are sorely mistaken. As Harvard Professor of Government Michael J. Sandel observed: “”Chances are we would make them perform menial jobs or dangerous jobs …” [9]

There are more human slaves on this Earth than ever in history. Now we have the potential for a state-sanctioned resource for more. What about a future conjoining of ape and machine? This makes the film The Rise of the Planet of the Apes another case of predictive programming. There is also a possible reference to the very small breakaway civilisation of an Occult Elite who see global humanity as merely unconscious bio-chemical “machines” at the level of ape consciousness. (Perhaps they are right). Yet, transhumanism offers the bridge between the animal-human to a new alchemical transcendence.

Be nice. Humanity is awakening…Evolution becomes revolution … Managed awakening.

2011_rise_of_the_planet_of_the_apes-wideRise of the Planet of the Apes (2011) “Evolution becomes Revolution”

aiSteven Spieberg’s Artificial Intelligence (2001) Appealing to our emotions in order that we anthropomorphize new technology.  “His love is real, but he is not.”

SMART society, UN Agenda 21, sustainable development, nano-technology, the surveillance state, the Human Genome Project, and animal /human genetic engineering amassed together under techno-pathocractic state control: this is the kind of integration of technology that is hitching a ride on the euphoria of transhumanist visions. More importantly, this is about imbuing with new energy an ancient re-enactment of a techno-spirituality – if we can call it such – as part of an occult eschatology of the World State Establishment.

It is the monotheistic delusion of Hadas Elber’s stated “salvation” based upon authoritarian violence against freedom of thought, freedom of bodily expression and freedom of emotion that creates a false deity, a blood-thirsty Yahweh of Judeo-Christian doctrine and which continues to bind humanity today. It is the totalitarian nature of organised religion that demands obedience to intermediaries so that self-empowerment and responsibility is sucked into its maw.

Monotheism is an enormous lie based on Bible propaganda and the falsification of history that cuts the umbilical cord to the Universal Spirit. It has replicated that same authoritarianism in countless smaller cults which promise salvation via the subjugation of individuality and the fear of divine retribution. Consequently, these legions of intermediaries have been created between humanity and their Patriarchal God/Allah etc. Yet, transhumanists offer up the same intermediaries in the form of technocracy and technology; bodily self-harm and defilement of God in microcosm, under the guise of a technological transcendence. The negation of the ebb and flow of natural order is the antithesis of free-will and freedom and gives rise to the science which has particular relevance from the standpoint of coerced “group consciousness” where society integrates towards a New World Synthetic Organism.

In a metaphysical sense, can it not be said that there has always existed the potential for a “Christ consciousness” to  flow through co-linear units of individual consciousness who, by dint of their self-development across the personality spectrum, live to serve? By serving others they naturally anchor a qualitative energy disbursed across that network. It is the “one in manyness”, different, yet going in the same direction, that of Truth and the hope of Unity.  Is not the true disjecta membra of ancient wisdom the science of the soul? Perhaps, as certain archaeological finds now suggest, there may have been extremely advanced technology in the very ancient past, empirical evidence of which has all but disappeared due to catastrophic environmental upheavals. Nonetheless, some experts increasingly cite evidence suggestive of ancient technology within civilisations long since destroyed.

According to the Bagavad Gita, the Sumerian Texts and passages from the Bible, cross-cultural mythology and recurrent motifs allude to a destruction intimately connected to the withdrawal of technological power which echos the myth of the Edenic Fall. Could it be when technology becomes the new messianic intermediary, where sensate power becomes paramount, that the descent of humanity is once again re-enacted?

ancient_technology_abydosThe Abydos carvings showing what appears to be helicopters and other futuristic Vehicles Located in the Temple of Seti The First – Abydos, Egypt. Does this rise of technology ultimately destroy us in cycles of catastrophe? Source: www.aquiziam.com

The mythology of Atlantis is said to play a large part in occult lore, particularly within Rosicrucian circles (essentially behind the Illuminati flagship) who traditionally see Francis Bacon as an Illuminist forerunner of great distinction, not least due to his alleged role as the playwright behind Shakespeare but more importantly, his novel New Atlantis. The existence of Atlantis, though largely dismissed by much of mainstream academia, remains a compelling mystery with many collected nuggets of circumstantial evidence accumulated down through history, ranging from classic literature to archaeological remains which are still being revealed today. Many scholars on Atlantis agree that this was not a city or an Island but an Empire which extended across most of the globe around 9-10, 000 years ago. This would explain why so many nations and indigenous peoples have remarkably similar myths and folklore.

Illustration from the title page of one edition of New Atlantis by Sir Francis Bacon

Illustration from the title page of one edition of New Atlantis by Sir Francis Bacon

Reading between the lines of religious beliefs, much of the old theosophical “psuedo-history” and cross-fertilised mythology drawn from a variety of sources (Bible, the Bagavad Gitas, the Vedas, Plato, Sumerian Texts, Mayanism and modern day intuitive sources) all indicate that Atlantis was destroyed by a combination of earth changes, cyclic cosmic catastrophe and interestingly, as a result of the misuse of technology by an Elite priesthood that were initiates of an alchemical science which subsequently became ponerised.

According to Joseph Farrell and Scott De Hart writing in their 2011 book: Transhumanism: A Grimoire of Alchemical Agendas:

“The old Masters who made it the object of their lives to gather together once more these scattered fragments, and to thus reconstruct the Occult Doctrine of the Atlanteans, found a portion of their material in Egypt, in India, in Persia, in Chaldea, in Medea, in China, in Assyria, and in Ancient Greece, and also in the mystic records of the Hebrews, such as the Kabbalah and the Zohar. The common source, however, may be regarded as distinctly Oriental. The great philosophies of the East, in fact, may be said to have been built upon the base of these still more ancient teachings. Moreover, the great Grecian Secret Teachings are believed to have been based upon knowledge obtained from this same common source. So, at the last, the Secret Doctrine of the Rosicrucians may be said to be the Secret Doctrine of Atlantis, transmitted through the descendants of the people of that great centre of occult knowledge.

… an elite was established after the “Tower of Babel Moment,” after the fall of “Atlantis,” and that this elite was tasked to preserve the core doctrines that made the advanced civilization of “Atlantis possible.”

But what exactly was that doctrine?

Not surprisingly, the core of that doctrine is the by-now-familiar topological metaphor of the medium within Rosicrucian symbolical lore, the circle and cross, and even the swastika, become symbols of this primordial androgyny. But most importantly, this “bi-sexual” androgyny, or alchemosexuality. It is this bi-sexuality and in particular a masculine androgyny which has been interpreted materially in an atheistic framework.” [10]

And this “topological metaphor” was one of socio-cultural unity as a mirror of the Divine and achieved through a form of alchemy or esoteric self-development. The interest in powerful psychotronic weaponry, ethically dubious genetic engineering of food, animals and the resultant “Chimeras”  were all implicitly and explicitly described within these ancient writings and seen as a crucial part of both their ascendance and downfall. From one Edenic Fall to another within Atlantis itself. A similar “scientific technique” was the arbiter of what may have been a global totalitarian worldview. Rather than some obscure allegory or symbolism – though these are certainly present – such themes may suggest a recurrent fall from Edenic grace extending back to the very dawn of time.

Did the Atlantean elect and its people reach a point of cultural and socio-political decay as characterised by institutional psychopathy in much the same way that is manifesting today? Could we be facing an Atlantean re-run with the same patterns manifesting through a transhumanist reliance on technology as saviour?

Extremely speculative, but a line of inquiry that offers not only a vast field of possibilities, but distinct patterns of circumstantial confirmation.

Atlantis aside, America is clearly the nexus point of an historic pathology and together with Europe represents a modern Anglo-American Empire in the latter stages of a disintegration and prior to the strengthening of a full blown Pathocracy. The Occult Establishment might well be re-enacting the idea of an alchemical ascendance – an individual and collective spiritual “improvement” yet consciously inverted toward omnipotence as Divine Right. For this to occur, normal humanity has to be leveraged into its New World position according to such a Plan, where the philosophy of transhumanism as occult inheritance will allow a modern day hierarchical priesthood to become the Demi-Gods of old.

Perhaps this time, cognisant of cyclic catastrophes (if not their relationship to human-induced entropy) this breakaway elite is in the last phase of such a Grand Plan?

In the next post we will look at more ways in which transhumanism is very much part of the Occult Establishment traditions and how human sexuality and conscience is still being subverted to achieve a form of inverted alchemical transcendence for a select few.

 


* For more on the relics of ancient technology and hidden history a recommended article is: Houston anthropologist reveals irrefutable proof that recorded history is wrong by Debbie West,Tue, 12 Nov 2013.


Notes

[1] ‘Kurzweil: Rooting for the Machine,’ Wired News, 3 Nov 2000.
[2] ‘Merging the biological, electronic’ – Researchers grow cyborg tissues with embedded nanoelectronics.By Peter Reuvall, Harvard Gazette,August 26, 2012.
[3] ‘Visions of humanity between the Human and the Post Human’ by Hadas Elber-Aviram, Tel Aviv University, 2012.
[4] ‘Britain is on the Brink of a Perilous Vote for ‘Three-Person In Vitro Fertilization’ by Marcy Darnovsky and Jessica Cussins, Los Angeles Times, February 8th, 2015.
[5] ‘Craig Venter: ‘This isn’t a fantasy look at the future. We are doing the future’ By Zoë Corbyn The Observer, Sunday 13, October 2013.
[6] ‘Faith, Certainty and the Presidency of George W. Bush,’by Ron Suskind, New York Times MagazineOctober 17, 2004. Quoting an unnamed aide to George W. Bush (later attributed to Karl Rove).
[7] ‘Synthetic Biology Is Closer Than You Think’ Bloomberg November 5th, 2012.
[8] ‘Of Mice, Men and In-Between – Scientists Debate Blending Of Human, Animal Forms’, By Rick Weiss, Washington Post, November 20, 2004; Page A01.
[9] Ibid.
[10] p.220; Transhumanism – A Grimoire of Alchemical Agendas By Joespeh P. Farrell and Scott De Hart Publishered by FERAL HOUSE 2012.

Technocracy X: Nano-Science (2)

 “We cannot rely on trial-and-error approaches to deal with existential risks… We need to vastly increase our investment in developing specific defensive technologies… We are at the critical stage today for biotechnology, and we will reach the stage where we need to directly implement defensive technologies for nanotechnology during the late teen years of this century… A self-replicating pathogen, whether biological or nanotechnology based, could destroy our civilization in a matter of days or weeks.”

― Ray Kurzweil, The Singularity is Near: When Humans Transcend Biology


dna_nano_tech-wideThe military is the largest investor in the U.S. Nanotechnology Initiative (NNI). The share of the NNI budget given to the Department of Defence (DoD) since the program started has reached $6.6 billion with part of the expenditure going to DARPA and the departmental laboratories of the Navy, Army and Air force, the rest ending up at universities as research grants or as part of the Multi-University Research Initiative (MURI).[1]  Though spending has been fluctuating since 2007, there remains steady interest in nanotech’s military capabilities. Scientists for Global Responsibility (SGR) revealed from their research that: “… government funding for military R&D dwarfs that spent on social and environmental programs across the industrialized world …” with military R&D fixed towards “… a narrow weapons-based security agenda.” [2]  Which means the marginalisation of conflict prevention and analysis of the roots of conflict and its links to poverty, the environment, security and health issues continue to be under-funded. Nanotech advances are being hijacked away from improving civilian life with “game-changing” technology as the culprit.

A fervent need to make these grand visions a reality was given a sturdy platform for realisation back in 2007 from the DoD and their little known advisory body called the Defence Science Board (DSB) whose paper entitled: “DSB 2006 Summer Study on 21st Century Strategic Technology Vectors” laid some important groundwork for the future. In an attempt to place nanotech at the top of the military agenda the paper drew their attention to “synergistic combinations” of all forms of nanotech and their “… truly revolutionary capabilities in human performance enhancement, medical treatment and prophylaxis, miniaturization, life extension, robotics, and machine intelligence …” [3]  It was unabashed in its agenda for clandestine tagging and tracking, where: “A combination of nanotechnology, biology, and chemistry promises to provide significant increases in capability to conduct pervasive surveillance on a global basis.”

spybee

prototype for cyborg-bee © unknown

Some of these other applications currently in R & D or primed and ready for action include the following:

Nano-biotechnology – or miniaturized biotechnology is the recent development of merging biology research with nanotechnology, most notably using biomolecules, bio-membranes and nano-photonics for vaccinations and virus research. Particularly active in medical fields the new science is seeking to generating cures; develop stem cell treatments, creating muscle tissue and artificial proteins. The convergence between computers and biology is of primary interest where eventually computing will be sourced from a biological platform where “Colonies of live neurons can live together on a biochip device.” [4]

Nano-electronics – The development of molecules with useful electronic properties which can then be used in nano-devices. This includes synthetic chemical methods and the creation of synthetic molecular motors. Other forms include carbon nano-tubes which have taken over from silicon-based chips. Now, the race is on to fit billions of these tubes onto computer chips thereby increasing the chip performance to “… run at more than three times the frequency and consuming just a third of the energy.” [5]

DNA nanotechnology – the construction of structures out of DNA and other nucleic acids. This branch has a special relationship to nano-medicine and “SMART drugs” for targeted drug delivery, the development and creation of vaccines and the adjacent field of nano-electronics with real world applications in both fields looming large. [6]

Nano-robotics/weaponryself-sufficient machines operating at the nano-scale. Applying nano-robots in medicine are proving difficult due to a multitude of problems adapting to the biology of organic systems, though progress is there. However, military nano-robotics in combination with cybernetics is moving ahead in leaps and bounds. There are still very little scholarly articles on the nature and pace of advances on military robotics along with only a sluggish attempt at raising the ethical and moral issues inherent in the use of such weaponry. What is clear is that the military is getting very excited by it all due to the unlimited scope of applications. Reduced to the size of perhaps 0.1mm or less, autonomous mini and micro-robots could be deployed on the ground, in water and in air, using the same propulsion principles found in larger electronic and mechanical systems. All forms of movement are mimicked such as human legs, various types of hopping, flapping wings like a bird, flagella, and even side-winding movements of a snake. The multi-purpose nature of robotics means that weapons systems targeting, reconnaissance, communication and surveillance are easily utilized. Insects and small mammals are already being integrated into bio-cyborg hybrids with nervous system and brain interfacing with cybernetics, software and electrodes.

cyborg-mothcyborg moth | © unknown

Returning to our whacky friends down at DARPA and their various sponsored companies and subsidiaries, we find they are still churning out helpful prototypes for new ways to spy, maim and murder. Some of these latest offerings are still prototypes, in the manufacturing stage or on the drawing board. They comprise:

1) Nano-Scouts – real insects and simulated bird-like technologies which act as the eyes and ears of intelligence. Flies and mosquitoes have embedded nanotech capabilities which allow them to determine the presence of certain chemicals, changes in moisture levels or barometric pressure, and be able to sense movements, temperature, and vibration.[7]

2) Nano-Poisons – A variety of toxic substances with nanomolecules carefully tailored to illicit the correct responses. By interfering with neuro-chemical inhibitors and release agents introducing precise “onboard” quantities of synthetic poisons behaviour modification is taken to a whole new level. Almost any type of mind control would be available from encouraging the victim to lie obsessively to provoking suicidal thoughts; stimulating a person to react violently or to kill. And of course, a Brave New World of somatic release could be programmed where the person cannot help but love everyone and where anger and aggression is blocked. Nano-molecules would effectively quadruple the effectiveness of purely psychological methods of mind control.

3) Nano Force Fields –nano-coatings which can hermetically seal a vehicle or building by allowing particles to seek out air gaps and block them.

4) Nano Mind Erasers – Want to take out a politician or spy without fuss or bother of assassination? Then, inducing the equivalent of instant Alzheimer’s is the answer. Wiping the sections of the brain clean using micro fields programmed to flare up as tiny, molecular neutron bombs would do the trick.

5) Nano Needles – With no visible wounds and invisible to the naked eye these weapons represent an up-dated version of the old KGB poison-tipped umbrella. The needles could be shot from a suitably modelled gun to paralyse people. Presumably the lethal nature of the needles would be dependent on their carrier capability.

6) Nano Heart-Stoppers – Nano-blood flow restrictors and Stroke Inducers – Long known to be a part of military-intelligence operations the assassination of sensitive targets such as politicians, heads of state and celebrities. Undetectable in the blood stream, nano-molecules could mimic heart attacks or strokes; restrict the blood flow causing an array of symptoms, even inducing personality disorders.

7) Nano-Naut Swarms These are ‘SMART dust’ particles which act as an information or sensor clouds capable of analysing areas with sharp detail and relying back information to HQ. As reported in the MSM in early February 2013, the British Army has been deploying tiny nano-drones in Afghanistan for over two years. At just 10cm long and weighing only 16 Grams they are used to relay full motion video and still images back to the devices’ handlers. But technology is advancing as fast as weapons can be bought.

8) Cyborg Insects – could be the delivery tool of much of the above allowing viruses and lethal substances to be to their individual or mass target, something that Bill Gates and his forays into mosquito-driven vaccines would no doubt happily welcome. Spying and surveillance capabilities have also been successfully tested and deployed. One of DARPA’s less malevolent offerings, the Nano Hummingbird was named One of Time Magazine’s 50 best inventions of 2011. Shaped like a humming-bird the mini robot is remotely-controlled without an external power source and can fly, hover, move forward and backward in the air while shooting Hi-Resolution video.

9) Programmable Matter – Starting in 2007, with DARPA support, Carnegie Mellon delved into the possibility of creating hardware and software to make material that can programmed to morph into 3-Dimensional shapes – essentially, shape-shifting. Named the Claytronics Project, the brains behind this venture believe that it has the capacity to change every facet of human experience. They consider claytronics to be a platform for a new form of called “Pario” with the reproduction of moving 3-D objects the primary goal. In other words, the quest to program the world around us. Just a few years later in 2010 with a “self-folding origami” robot which can literally fold itself up and crawl away. Meantime, shape-shifting sand made an appearance in 2012 where; “New algorithms enable heaps of ‘smart sand’ that can assume any shape, allowing spontaneous formation of new tools or duplication of broken mechanical parts.” This of course begins to the blur the whole fields of nanotechnology bioengineering, cybernetics, biological-based pharmaceuticals, programmable vaccines and the advance of synthetic biology.

The US Department of Defence is also researching the feasibility and applications of robotic mosquitoes. So far testing has found that they can be remotely controlled with an on-board camera and a microphone. They will be able to land on unsuspecting dissidents or terrorists with the potential to take a DNA sample or leave RFID tracking nanotechnology on your skin. Flying in through a crack in your window or attaching itself to your clothing in passing would prove no problem for these adorables. No doubt law enforcement and Homeland Security are salivating at such a prospect. [8] In fact, sightings of insect-like drones have been occurring for years in the US, most frequently at activist demonstrations and marches. According to a 2006 Flight International report: “… the CIA had been developing micro UAVs as far back as the 1970s and had a mock-up in its Langley headquarters since 2003.”

robot_insectAssuming such machines can fly onto a local protester’s arm and then wing its way back to its controller with a fresh little DNA sample to analyse, this compliments another disturbing scenario as described by authors Andrew Hessel, Marc Goodman, and Steven Kotler who “…outline futuristic human genome work that evolves from the very real GE $100 million breast cancer challenge.” In this scenario: “freelancers receive bids to design personalized virus offering customized cures for the sick.” An individual succumbs to colon cancer and instead of going the route of standard chemotherapy he chooses an immediate payment of $1000 to have his genome decoded over two days. Virologists of the near future will have information about the disease and the exclusive genome sequence. The design cure will be outsourced the winning bid providing the formula to rid your body of the specific cancer. Targeting the US President by criminal cartels or terrorist cells would be relatively easy.

A 2010 release of secret cables by WikiLeaks, Secretary of State Hillary Clinton ordered US embassies “… to surreptitiously collect DNA samples from foreign heads of state and senior United Nations officials.” [9]With that in mind, an article by Atlantic magazine takes the next logical step in personalised bio-weapons and micro-drones.

Picture an African President busy with civil war and child soldiers. Perhaps his DNA had been sampled as part of a UN / US mandate. A drug is tailored to that genome sent to an online bio-marketplace and synthesised into actual genetic material. The authors explain that it is here that “… the future of drones and virology could intersect.”

The article continues:

A few days later tablets are delivered to a group that dissolves them and injects the liquid into a handful of micro-drones. The team releases the drones and infects the people in the African leader’s circle of advisors or family. The infected come down with flu like symptoms, coughs and sneezes that release billions of harmless virus particles — but when they bring their symptoms in the vicinity of the African leader — the particles change. Once the virus particles are exposed to that very specific DNA sequence, a secondary function within their design unlocks.[10]

Perhaps the formula contained a “fast-acting neuro-destructive disease that produced memory loss and, eventually, death.” For the African leader or any other head of state which was proving an obstacle to US hegemony “the symptoms could be tailored an infinite number of ways. Designed to reflect a uniquely local affliction like Dengue Fever, or to appear like symptoms of a genetic condition.” [11]Combined with the inherent nature of the military-coporate-banking complex and with their puppet Obama who sees no problem with murdering American citizens via remote drone attacks discarding any notions of law and democratic due process, then you can be sure that such a scenario will take place in the very near future – if it hasn’t already.

The above scenario set against military nanotechnology and other forms of “non-lethal” warfare is justified due to the threat of terrorism and the belief that we can all bring an end to the world’s violence and crime. It is believed that technology will save the day on the battlefield and in civilian life. If left to these people it would rapidly start to resemble an endless battle in itself, which is the general idea. Convincing people not to act on their “evil” thoughts by allowing nano-dust particles to seep into their brains is bread and butter behaviour modification. For anyone else, it is a step towards a Huxleyian nightmare.

Although many commentators prefer to believe that the fail-safe mechanisms of quantum computing and the intelligence apparatus would be enough to protect mainstream society, they fall into the trap of believing that those of conscience are presently guiding humanity. Once again, you cannot use a juvenile dictionary to explain a psychopathic reality that is operating on an entirely different cognitive and perceptual mainframe.

The fractal nature of the nano-world of military applications means that advances in weaponry would take place exponentially with a modus operandi that would excite any social dominator beyond all measure. Using the premise of the molecular assembler, a device capable of breaking and creating the chemical bonds between atoms and molecules, it means duplication is not only feasible and efficient but a requirement once the technology is up and running. Think of the white Storm-trooper clones in the Star Wars films – very much military-technocratic ambrosia. As nanotech guru Eric Drexler explained: “a state that makes the assembler breakthrough could rapidly create a decisive military force – if not literally overnight, then at least with unprecedented speed.” He further observes: “A nation armed with molecular nanotechnology-based weapons would not require nuclear weapons to annihilate a civilization. In fact, it seems that a rather surgical system of seeking and destroying enemy human beings as cancerous polyps could be developed–leaving the nation’s infrastructure intact to be repopulated.” [12]

irobotStill from ‘I Robot’ (2004) Twentieth Century Fox

A research paper sponsored by the European Commission for a 2004 conference on the military uses of nanotechnology and the hazards to society at large, came to some sobering conclusions. While the benefits in medical and non-military domains was clear and should not be unduly hindered provided regulations and ethical boards were swiftly introduced, there were a number of indirect ways that society could be: “detrimentally affected” through the “diffusion of the technology.” The paper offered some examples, including the temptation for the National Security State and related agencies, corporations and criminals to purloin micro-sensors and robots for spying, as well as: “the use of small autonomous systems for criminal attacks – and in particular terrorism – including attacks on critical infrastructures.” They also included a third possibility, that of:

“… implanted systems and other forms of body manipulation for ‘improving human performance’. Deciding what kinds of body manipulation should be permitted, and under which circumstances is a problem of peacetime civilian life, and should be handled by civilian society. However, military R&D and deployment of such systems could establish a fait accompli before society is able to carry out a thorough debate on the desirability of particular technological developments.”

And there’s the problem.

The last thing psychologically compromised persons enjoying their place at the helm of Official Culture is to see the involvement of local communities and civic society. Genetically modified organisms and foodstuffs went this way as did television, banking, media, warfare and most other socio-political power structures which required either secrecy, perception management or corporate monopolisation to ensure a singular reality. Nanotech will be no different if it is allowed to continue without regulations and in the hands of those who wield power for their own ends. If we have humans behaving in psychopathic ways then it doesn’t require the greatest leap of imagination to realise that military robots will be a reflection of their state of mind and intentions. Pathocratic control systems require global dominance in all domains and nanotech represents a mighty leverage in the race to achieve it. Horizontal proliferation would be nearly unavoidable with small, self-replicating systems where in principle, a single copy would be sufficient for growth in another country or sub-state entity.

The report goes on to state:

Military robots with sizes from nanometres to metres would bring threats on an unknown scale. If they could kill, they could constitute new forms of weapons of mass destruction more potent than known biological warfare agents. With non-lethal effects, such as disruption of personality, mass attacks could lead indirectly to the breakdown of a society and the death of a large portion of its members. Partly as a result of their smallness, but mainly owing to their potential for self-replication and the production of additional weapons on site, nano-robots would create extreme uncertainty. [13]

Given the nature of nanotech, automated decision making would grow based on its tendency for a kind of peak, fractal replication to emerge, once technological thresholds have been reached and surpassed. When this level of technology fuses with the mentality of unlimited growth much like the standard economic mind set currently dominating, then a virtual arms-race at the molecular level could ensue with entirely unforeseen consequences. Military production overlaid with ideological insanity.

C60a

“Buckminsterfullerene C60, also known as the buckyball, is a representative member of the carbon structures known as fullerenes. Members of the fullerene family are a major subject of research falling under the nanotechnology umbrella.” (uploaded by Mstroeck at English Wikipedia Later versions by Bryn C at en.wikipedia)

Alongside the massive drive to foist genetically modified foods on global populations agribusiness is fascinated by the part nanotech can play in making food production and consolidation more efficient. However, using molecular assembly principles “nano scale carriers” will soon be used for delivering fertilizers, pesticides, herbicides and plant growth regulators. A case is being made to reduce environmental impact with nanotech. It is believed that this will improve stability and lessen environmental degradation in terms of chemical runoff and other related problems. An example of these carriers would be the use of clay nanotubes for pesticides which will apparently reduce the amount of pesticide use by 70–80 per cent. Nanoparticles can act to help mollify and transform resistant chemical compounds in to non-toxic ones while waste water treatment and disinfectants have the potential to be markedly improved. Fluorescent labelling by “quantum dots” (QDs) using bio-recognition molecules for anti-bacteria and disease control will be supplemented with an array of rapid detection and enzymatic biosensors. There is even a device called the “E-Nose” inspired by the human nose which, through the use of nanoparticle gas sensors can detect precisely the quality and quantity of gas present. [14]

Socio-economic demands will ensure that wireless nanosensors in crops designed to monitor and collate data on agronomic intelligence processes such as planting and harvesting cycles will become more and more important. Water levels, fertilizers, pesticides, herbicides and other treatments will also be under the nanosensor umbrella in the hope that maximization of crop yields and a reduction in resource input will be the end result. [15]

Biotechnology at the nanoscale is already having some success in the battle against plant resistance and environmental stresses such as drought, salinity and diseases. Nanobarcodes will be used for authentication and tracking in agricultural food and husbandry products. As knowledge grows in the area of plant gene traits and nanotechnology-based gene sequencing it is taken for granted that such process will offer new ways to reduce costs and maximize profits. [16]  With undoubted benefits that nanotechnology can provide, this is still inside the constraints of Official Culture. Farming has already been transformed into a leviathan of corporate efficiency where community, civic and independence has been sacrificed. Nano-farming may increase the overall efficiency and provide intermittent benefits, but will it have the capacity to transform agriculture away from agribusiness corporatism?

If new endeavours are dominated by the matrix of the 4Cs and the 3EM then it will limit the hope for social renewal and become just another tool to increase exploitation still bound by the same lowest common denominator. Consumerism, far from being modified or somehow reduced under this new technology will only intensify mechanisation, commodification and the encoding organic life, this time at the molecular level. Nanotechnology may have a place in improving humanity’s lot but not by being grafted onto a socio-political and economic framework that caused the problems in the first place.

Quite apart from providing new innovative tools for medical advances and the promise of an agricultural revolution, evidence so far in relation to health and environmental concerns doesn’t exactly promote confidence. Some of the latest research results show that:

  • Rats breathing in nanoparticles were found to exhibit inflammation, skin aging and stress responses.
  • DNA and chromosome damage which in turn “linked to all the big killers of man, namely cancer, heart disease, neurological disease and aging”.
  • Carbon nanotubes – the possible replacement for silicon – have shown to have the potential to cause mesothelioma ( a form of cancer).
  • Nanoparticles and nanofibres have shown to cause lung disease in a similar way to asbestos. [17]

Mark Wiesner Professor of Civil and Environmental Engineering at Duke University in Durham N.C., has argued for a rethink as to the way nanoparticles are selected and defined in relation to potential impacts on human health and the environment. His international team of researchers from the federally-funded Centre for the Environmental Implications of Nanotechnology (CEINT), based at Duke University in the United States, have raised a number of issues which need to be addressed if nanotechnology is to prove viable and ethically responsible. He believes there is presently confusion as to what truly constitutes a nanoparticle where “… materials often do not meet full definition of having special properties that make them different from conventional materials.” According to Wiesner, a key question that needs to be answered: “… is whether or not a particular nanoparticle has toxic or hazardous properties that are truly different from identical particles in their bulk form,” and this due to the fact that: “Many nanoparticles smaller than 30 nanometers undergo drastic changes in their crystalline structure that enhance how the atoms on their surface interact with the environment.”

The professor explains further:

“…because of the increased surface-area-to-volume ratio, nanoparticles can be highly reactive with other chemicals in the environment and can also disrupt certain activities within cells. … “While there have been reports of nanoparticle toxicity increasing as the size decreases, it is still uncertain whether this increase in reactivity is harmful to the environment or human safety,” Wiesner said. “To settle this issue, toxicological studies should contrast particles that exhibit novel size-dependant properties, particularly concerning their surface reactivity, and those particles that do not exhibit these properties.” [18]

Perhaps it is not the health and environmental issues which are really the problem. We humans are extraordinarily creative and ingenious. All the above is driven on the assumption of cybernetics and its systems theory as viable working models; the idea of “nested” organic systems and dissipative structures which are interrelated and interconnected by virtue of their functional similarity. *This means that bio-engineers and technocrats look at nanosystems as providing the potential for exponential growth via automatic and autonomous emergent properties. As described previously, this opens up a whole new pandora’s box when matter becomes programmable.

nanotubes_carbone

Carbon Nanotubes Source: tpe-nanotechnologie-cb.e-monsite.com/

According to nano scientists this follows that society and the human condition is about to “reshaped” in very positive ways: cleaning the environment, easing the pressure for natural resources, tackling hunger, curing AIDS and other invasive diseases; giving new life to paraplegics whilst enhancing the human body. However, will these laudable aims be set against a background of unresolved questions which threaten to undermine the human species? What has happened to new advances in technology in the past?

Nanotech advocates display frightening naïveté in this regard and an often ironic binary evaluation of what are highly complex issues, notwithstanding an ignorance of ponerology and psychologically compromised cultures. It is a contradiction to say that strengthening our democratic processes will somehow ensure responsible ethics which will insulate against the darker applications of nanotechnology when overwhelming expenditure is already focused in the hands of those who seek weapons advancement and shareholder profits. A barrier to accountability will remain as tenacious as it has proved to be in narcotics, conventional weapons and trafficking. It benefits the Establishment just as nanotechnology promises to do.

Futurist David Brin’s prescription to cultivate a “transparent society” where privacy is effectively non-existent is dangerous as it opens the backdoor for just about every totalitarian precept going. The self-replicating nature of molecular nanotech has given rise to end time scenarios where machines take over the world replacing humanity and organic life. Eric Drexler coined the term “grey-goo” otherwise known as ‘ecophagy’ to illustrate such a cybernetic apocalypse.[19]Think along the lines of “the Collective” from the Borg in the Star Trek TV series or the “Hive mind” so beloved of humanists and transhumanists. Expansion derives from assimilation and adaptive properties – “group think” in a futurist setting.

transmission-5speed-gears.ai

Corporations will be regulated insofar as it does not impinge on the market value of nanotechnology. This means regulations in medical and consumer arenas where it matters less will be followed. Where it is most needed however, is in domains such as weaponisation and agriculture and which will likely follow the traditional route of lobbyists and cartel economics – the path of least resistance. Meanwhile, legislation will have a very tough time keeping up with the rise of nanotechnology especially when environmental and privacy laws are only applicable to those adhering to the public domain and wholly irrelevant to government /corporate experimentation outside such accountability.

Although the military is driving nanotech advances (as with all things) the testing ground has begun with many “passive” or “first generation” commercial applications finding their way to the market place. As explored in the previous post the list is endless. If sunscreen products in the US contain nanoparticles and thus freely pass through the blood-brain barrier then the background of complex toxicology issues must remain at the forefront. In the same way, as GMOs, Wi-Fi and cell phones all have serious health questions hanging over them and health and environmental concerns of nanomaterials at this early stage have been completely ignored. Issues of privacy and confidentiality are also profoundly important.

The precautionary principle means that it is essential not to jump in feet first with this technology when there is an absence of suitable definitions regarding nanoparticle properties which could help scientists determine what represents a threat to the environment or human health. Despite certain advocacy groups calling for government regulation, the only principle which governs decisions is the one leading to the quickest possible profit. Nanotech forges ahead, in love with itself and its seemingly unlimited potential.

It doesn’t take a genius to see that it will go the same way as GMOs since the focus behind the drive to conquer nature, deny death and embrace immortality is exactly the same. Until regulation, insurance and extensive public discussion is forthcoming it is likely the more negative scenarios surrounding nanotech will play a greater role. After all, once the perceived genie is out of the bottle the consequences of its “magic” are more difficult to manage. This means that with all the wondrous potential for cleanng up the environment patents will arrive forcing us to pay for such ecological magic just as it was with the so-called “Green Revolution” of genetically modified crops. This means an expansion of selective wealth where transformation happens according to your pocket and status thereby replicating the same old divisions and class divides.

To reiterate the immovable direction of technology: it is the military and nano-weaponry which will determine the future of nanotech as a whole not whether a surgeon can provide life-saving operations or the disabled individual can begin to walk again. Altruism is not the primary currency of social exchange in a world shaped by psychopaths. Nanosystems will be nurtured on the same directive until such time we can wrest control.

 


* Dissipative Structure – A system that exits far from thermodynamic equilibrium thus dissipating the heat generated to sustain it. It has the capacity of changing to higher levels of orderliness leading to self-organization. These systems contain sub-systems that continuously fluctuate.


Notes

[1] ‘More soldiers in nanotechnology labs?’ By Michael Berger, nanowerk.com August 22, 2007.
[2] Ibid.
[3] http://www.acq.osd.mil/dsb/reports/2006-02-Summer_Study_Strategic_Tech_Vectors_Vol_I_Web.pdf
[4] NanoMedicine – A Review by K.K. Senthil Kumar, International Journal of Innovative Drug Discovery, Vol. 2 / Issue 1 / 2012 / 40-47 (from International Journal of Biopharmaceutics)
[5] ‘Carbon nanotubes fit by the thousands onto a chip’ By Jason Palmer, BBC News, 29 October 2012.
[6] DNA nanotechnology and transhumanism seem to fit snugly together in terms of their technological vision for humanity. Whether or not most persons working in the field are predisposed to this belief is irrelevant but the belief that vaccinations across the board are absolutely necessary and beyond reproach is a powerful part of the medical establishment. As such, the transhumanist paradigm naturally joins forces with materialism, atheism and corporatism to unfold their agenda accordingly. Journalist Sayer Ji has this to say on the subject:

“Not only have humans strayed from their mammalian roots by creating and promoting infant formula over breast milk, and then promoting synthetic immunity via vaccines over the natural immunity conferred through breastfeeding and sunlight exposure, for instance, but implicit within the dominant medical model is to replace natural immunity with a synthetic one. This is the philosophy of transhumanism, a movement which intends to improve upon and transcend our humanity, and has close affiliation with some aspects of eugenics.
The CDC’s immunization schedule reflects a callous lack of regard for the 3 billion years of evolution that brought us to our present, intact form, without elaborate technologies like vaccination — and likely only because we never had them at our disposal to inflict potentially catastrophic harm to ourselves. The CDC is largely responsible for generating the mass public perception that there is greater harm in not “prophylactically” injecting well over 100 distinct disease-promoting and immune-disruptive substances into the bodies of healthy children. They have been successful in instilling the concept into the masses that Nature failed in her design, and that medical and genetic technologies and interventions can be used to create a superior human being.
In this culture of vaccination, the non-vaccinated child is “inferior,” “dirty,” perhaps even “sub-human” to those who look upon vaccination as the answer to what perfects the human immune system.
Transhumanism participates in a dialectic which requires a simultaneous and systematic dehumanization of those who do not share the same way of thinking and behaving. The eugenic undertones of mass vaccination and the cult of synthetic immunity are now only thinly veiled, as we move closer to the point where a psuedo-scientific medical dictatorship lays claim to our very bodies, and the bodies of our children.
The point of no return (if not already traversed) is only around the corner: the mass introduction of DNA and Recombinant Vector Vaccine technology. Vaccines moved through the following stages (a tortured history of failures and massive “collateral damage”): Live Vaccines > Attenuated Vaccines > Subunit Vaccines > Toxid Vaccines > Conjugate Vaccines, only now reaching towards converting our living tissue into “vaccine-making factories” through the use of DNA and Recombinant Vector Vaccines, which are designed to directly alter cells within the vaccinated person’s body so that they create the antigens normally provided by vaccines themselves.
While not yet in use, clinical trials are now underway to obtain FDA approval. If we do not educate ourselves now and act accordingly, their mass implementation is inevitable, and our very genomes will become the next target of the vaccination/transhumanist agenda.” – ‘The Vaccination Agenda: Implicit Transhumanism’ By Sayer Ji, Contributing editor, Activist Post, January 24, 2012.
[7] Most Innovative Defense Technology’ 2008 Award Nominee – Nano SCOUT AeroVironment Inc.| http://www.defense-update.com/ | ‘The dragonfly built to spy – Tiny flying robots have the military abuzz, says Mark Harris’ http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tech.
[8] A COMBINED EXPERIMENTAL-NUMERICAL STUDY OF THE ROLE OF WING FLEXIBILITY IN INSECT FLIGHT Lingxiao Zheng, Xiaolin Wang, Afzal Khan, R. R. Vallance and Rajat Mittal1 Department of Mechanical & Aerospace Engineering, George Washington University, Washington DC 20052 Tyson L. Hedrick 2009. http://www.me.jhu.edu/fsag/Publications/Papers/AIAA-2009-382-170percent5B1percent5D.pdf
[9] ‘Hacking the President’s DNA’ November 12, The Atlantic Magazine, By Andrew Hessel, Marc Goodman and Steven Kotler.
[10] ‘Micro-Drones Combined With DNA Hacking Could Create A Very Scary Future’ By Robert Johnson, Oct. 28, 2012. Business Insider | http://www.businessinsider.com/
[11] Ibid.
[12] ‘A Glimpse Into China’s Post-Nuclear Super-Weapons: An Interview with Lev Navrozov on Nanoweapons by Ryan Mauro for http://www.worldthreats.com Sept. 26, 2003. | Quotes sourced from Engines of Creation By Eric Drexler (1986).
[13] ‘Military Uses of Nanotechnology – European Commission’ ec.europa.eu/research/conferences/2004/ntw/pdf/soa_en.pdf
[14] ‘How helpful is nanotechnology in agriculture?’ By Allah Ditta 2012 Adv. Nat. Sci: Nanosci. Nanotechnol. 3 033002 doi:10.1088/2043-6262/3/3/033002 Vietnam Academy of Science & Technology, 29 May 2012. IOP Science | http://iopscience.iop.org/2043-6262/3/3/033002/article#ansn431989bib05
[15] Ibid.
[16] ‘The potential and challenges of nanopore sequencing’ Nature Biotechnology 26, 1146 – 1153 (2008) Published online: 9 October 2008 | doi:10.1038/nbt.1495
[17] ‘Tiny Inhaled Particles Take Easy Route from Nose to Brain’ August 3, 2006, University of Rochester Medical Centre. | Wu, J; Liu, W; Xue, C; Zhou, S; Lan, F; Bi, L; Xu, H; Yang, X et al. (2009). ‘Toxicity and penetration of TiO2 nanoparticles in hairless mice and porcine skin after subchronic dermal exposure’. Toxicology letters 191 (1): 1–8. doi:10.1016/j.toxlet.2009.05.020. PMID 19501137. | Jonaitis, TS; Card, JW; Magnuson, B (2010). ‘Concerns regarding nano-sized titanium dioxide dermal penetration and toxicity study’. Toxicology letters 192 (2): 268–9. doi:10.1016/j.toxlet.2009.10.007. PMID 19836437. | Schneider, Andrew, ‘Amid Nanotech’s Dazzling Promise, Health Risks Grow’, March 24, 2010. | ‘ Nanofibres ‘may pose health risk’,’ BBC News, August 24, 2012. | ‘Is Chronic Inflammation the Key to Unlocking the Mysteries of Cancer?’ By Gary Stix, Scientific American, July 2007.
[18] ‘When Nano May Not Be Nano’ Duke University, Depart. Civil & Environmental Engineering September 14 2009.
[19] ‘Some Limits to Global Ecophagy by Biovorous Nanoreplicators, with Public Policy Recommendations’ By Robert A. Freitas Jr. April 2000. | www.rfreitas.com/Nano/Ecophagy.htm

Technocracy VI: The Technocrats Tap in (3)

“Surveillance induced morality: relics of cultural retardation”.
 .
– Marc Maron
.

How many times have we heard the response: “If you have nothing to hide, you have nothing to fear”?

This almost child-like wish to place faith in the unsullied purity of the authorities and Daddy State seems to know no bounds.

The success of mass surveillance is defined by the same gradualism. Endless new devices and gadgetry help to insulate our concerns about technology and how it can be used. It doesn’t matter how altruistic the intent is, whether it means to reduce suffering or create a more socially responsible culture, social justice is a concept struggling to keep its head above the water of pathogenic pollution. Whether biotech or nano-tech, since military, geo-political strategies and social pathologies dominate they will be pulled into the same codes of conduct mandated under Official Culture. Suffering will continue under flares of revolution until the psychopath is denied influence in ALL spheres. Access to technology which will disburse wealth and true freedom cannot take place until such a realisation manifests to the extent it dismantles traditional power structures. To think otherwise, will simply perpetuate the cover. Such a trajectory has only been possible due to the relatively rapid rise of the National Security State apparatus rooted in the 3EM riding high on updated myths propagated to ensure a smooth transition.

In combination with ECHELON and or MAIN CORE we have a global surveillance grid sitting on top of European and US intelligence mining that is the most invasive in history. This technological construct is imbued with power from a perception that can only multiply and augment in the same way we continually seek new “apps” and add-ons to our consumerist ethos.  A technocratic centralisation is the only direction. The promise of open source software will only prove liberating when the central mainframe of core influence is dismantled. Otherwise…Open source initiatives will operate within carefully defined parameters, in much the same way as our credit cards, cell phones and i-pads. Technology is not the culprit here – it is the reliance on the limited applications which is displacing our incredible, untapped creative power. This displacement only leads to the atrophying of our individual and collective creativity. And this is where artificial intelligence and transhumanist ideology offers an unprecedented threat.

But I’m getting ahead of myself. More on this later.

1024px-Menwith-hill-radomes

RAF Menwith Hill, a large site in the United Kingdom, part of ECHELON and the UKUSA Agreement. Photo Credit: Matt Crypto (wikipedia).

The International Campaign Against Mass Surveillance (ICAMS) produced the excellent document: ‘The Emergence of a Global Infrastructure for Mass Registration and Surveillance’ back in April 2005 which detailed in precise terms the nature of these myths, edited extracts of which will serve as an adequate summary of what this transition really means:

Myth #1: We are merely being asked to sacrifice some of our privacy and convenience for greater security.

“The object of the infrastructure that is being constructed is not ordinary police or intelligence work but, rather, mass surveillance of entire populations. In this infrastructure, everyone will be treated as a suspect, and state agents will maintain data profiles on all of us. […] The elimination of risk Indeed, it is now evident and documented that the United States and other countries are acting aggressively on information, seizing and detaining people without reasonable grounds, and “rendering” them to third countries or extraterritorial camps run by the U.S., where they face torture during interrogation and indefinite detention. Alongside the global system for mass registration and surveillance is emerging what some commentators are calling a “global gulag”,4 in which unknown numbers of people are languishing. What is at stake in this new world order is more than mere privacy, or even democratic processes, legal systems, and civil liberties. Basic human rights are in jeopardy.”

The document also lists the The Registrations of Populations as integral to the surveillance state with a long history of isolated test-runs across the world and with the shadow of abuse inherent in such data mining. Examples are given of Japanese internment in America the Second World War, the 1994 genocide that took place in Rwanda and the Pass Laws of apartheid South Africa. Such highly detailed information derived from Registration: “… is the tool by which those in power can easily single out and target certain kinds of people – not for what they have done, but for who they are.” And further: “By creating inclusion, the system also creates exclusion. For practical purposes, a person without a mandatory identity document will not exist – or will exist only as a risk to the state.”

Myth #2: These initiatives facilitate travel.

“But something else is happening, too. The private sector is being pressed into service as the state’s eyes and ears. Just as it has done with the acquisition of private-sector databases and airline passenger record systems, the state is using the private sector to exponentially increase its surveillance capacity in the realm of electronic communications and financial transactions. And, instead of relying on the inconsistent practices of businesses, governments are starting to tell businesses how to design their information systems, what information to gather, how long it must be stored, what must be checked and reported, and what must be given directly to state officials.

Compelling service providers to “build in” surveillance capacity to their systems means that within minutes of receiving a warrant from a court, real-time interception of a person’s Internet or voice over Internet use can be implemented with just a few computer strokes, making a connection between the computerized listening stations of law enforcement and the service provider’s system.”

The FBI’s various software can be used to search for keywords in the trillions of gigabytes of information that is continuously vacuumed up whether from your bank accounts or blogs. Data mining is the future of crime prevention which is already merging with the dubious practice of entrapment. In George Orwell’s 1984 Winston, the main protagonist in the novel appears to describe the present: “It was inconceivable that they watched everybody all the time. But at any rate, they could plug in your wire whenever they wanted to. You had to live – did live from the habit that became instinct – in the assumption that every sound you made was overheard.” The only difference in our world, our surveillance will comprise of various degrees of robot and artificial intelligence from the basic models already appearing in our malls to sophisticated androids capable of human simulation. They will assess are bio-signatures and voluminous data files and make mathematical probabilities of threats to the system which will slowly build itself around us.

Myth #3: If one has nothing to hide, one has nothing to worry about.

“An example of the many mistakes that were made in that era was the naming of academic Owen Lattimore as the Soviet Union’s top spy in the U.S. He later was fully cleared of the charges. In his account of the affair he noted that the F.B.I. and other agencies had ‘built up on him a dossier of ‘a man who might have existed’. Again, as a historian of the period has observed, ‘that phrase catches the very essence of the creation of the national insecurity state: a data world that shadows, mimics, and caricatures the real world’ We may think that anyone looking at our personal data with the proper explanation would conclude we are innocuous, but, in fact, in the data world we have no control over our “virtual identities” or the interpretations that others make of them.”

This goes to the central premise of conditioning that comes about from living under inverted totalitarianism and the necessary glut of authoritarian followers who allow its manifestation. We do not notice the dismantling of the foundation upon which are human values and ethics reside due to the buffering of our intuition and conscience. This is achieved through propaganda, psychic driving and memetic engineering of our consciousness all cemented with the human propensity for wishful thinking and denial.

We keep coming back to the uncomfortable fact that we naturally seek sanctuary in the delusion that there is nothing to worry about because we cannot entertain the possibility that we may have to alter our beliefs and attempt a deconstructive introspection. When such a painful process begins it can shatter the ego-mask that buffers us from the terror of the situation. When our personality is largely empty of substance this can be akin to inviting death of identity and belonging. So, having nothing to worry about is a preferable hook upon wish we can willingly attach.

In modern times, nothing comes closer to a collective seduction than the human races’ relationship to technology. We are firmly caught in its web of convenience, innovation and compliance in much the same way we are enthralled by the chemical hit of sex. In that sense, the surveillance state is just another compromise on the road to achieving the new nirvana of the post-human.

Have we really learned those lessons? Or have we merely changed our focus?

Boundless-heatmap-large-0001

“The worldwide heat map from the NSA’s data visualisation tool BOUNDLESSINFORMANT, showing that during a 30-day period, 97 billion internet data records (DNI) and 124 billion telephony data records (DNR) were collected.” (wikipedia, creative commons | Source http://jobkaster.com/ Author National Security Agency)

Myth# 4: The technology being used is objective and reliable.

“First, the factual base on which the technology rests is unreliable. The ‘best information available’ on which data mining or risk-scoring technology depend is often inaccurate, lacking context, dated, or incomplete. It might even be dirty information – extracted by torture, or offered by an informant who is vulnerable or is acting in bad faith. Secondly, the criteria used to sort masses of data will always be over-inclusive and mechanical. Data mining is like assessing ‘guilt by Google’ key-word search. And since these systems use broad markers for predicting terrorism, ethnic and religious profiling are endemic to them. … a precautionary principle is at work when human beings are making the risk assessments.”

A surveillance state is surely an oxymoron by virtue of the fact it is created not from the wish to protect but the incentive to control. Technology is only as trustworthy as its programmer and by extension, the context in which the capabilities of technology are applied. By the same token, human beings are fallible and since machines are born from the quality of our own minds they will mirror the glitches and unpredictable anomalies so much are part of a learning universe – despite protestations to the contrary. The more complicated and sophisticated machines become the more they will transcend their in-built limitations – that is spark that consciousness seeks. But the Surveillance State is linked to wider philosophical beliefs where development and trust in technology is based on the notion of an evolutionary salvation. Such a suggestion is usually rejected by transhumanists who insist that technology is merely the next stage in human evolution; our destiny is to embrace singularity and merge with the machine for optimum transcendence. By implication, the surveillance state will cease to exist since it will become superfluous to our needs.

Once again, this presupposes that such a system of malevolence will naturally evolve into one of benevolence and those at key nodal points of its power will simply transcend along with us. More likely is that the rooted dominance that gave rise to inversion will offer more of the same, where the worm-hole of singularity is really nothing more than a sublime devolution by delusion, the end result of which is absorption of all that is individual and original in exchange for group-think and technocratic compliance. Sophisticated, yes, even ecstatic at times, but like an addictive drug, when you realise you are hooked and seek to escape in search of authentic experience, it will be too late. From reliability and trust projected onto the machine will ultimately invite the law of repulsion.

Myth #5 and 6: Terrorist watch lists are a reliable product of international intelligence cooperation and consensus / Governments want to implement these systems to protect their citizens from terrorists.

“There is no due process afforded individuals or groups to allow them to challenge the inclusion of their names on a list. And, once the “terrorist” label is fastened to them, actions are taken against them without normal legal protections being afforded (protections such as presumption of innocence, the right to know the evidence and allegations against one and to respond, the right to remain silent, and habeas corpus). This is the essence of the risk assessment model: it treats as intolerable risks the very legal protections that are fundamental to free and democratic societies. In short, the U.S. lists have “been created haphazardly and without the carefully constructed checks and balances that such powerful instrument[s] demand.” And the lists are certainly bloated. At various times, news reports have put the numbers of names on the U.S. lists in the millions.”

Despite the fact that 99.9 per cent of those listed are largely innocent of any crimes at all, the Terrorist Watch List is drawn directly from the idea that al-Qaeda/ISIL and most terrorist atrocities are representative of a real, external threat. Such a disastrous policy has shown to be a cynical manipulation of the mass mind and comprehensively debunked if one reads the research from authors and experts in the field alongside the current geo-strategy and its outcomes in the last one hundred years.

The official story of global terrorism is a monumental fabrication – a product of a compartmentalised mutation of myth used to promote the economic and socio-cultural status quo. It is a cleverly disguised tool of opportunism for social control with the rise of police states and war without end as the norm. Indeed, such an inversion is truly insidious as the pathology begins to make inroads into the psyche of normal human beings. As the ICAMS authors state: “As people begin to realize that every transaction in their personal lives is potentially being watched – and that their innocent actions and beliefs can be easily misconstrued by risk assessors in their own and other countries, they will begin to internalize the social control that is being exerted by governments, watching what they say, what they criticize, who they associate with, and what they profess to believe in.”

DigiGes_PRISM_Yes_we_scan_-_Demo_am_Checkpoint_Charlie_June_2013

Germans protesting against the NSA surveillance program PRISM at Checkpoint Charlie in Berlin. (wikipedia,)

This is happening fast. The official culture of psychopathy requires these myths not only to keep populations in a state of fear and disempowerment but more importantly, so that the banking architecture and profits from the arms race, weapons manufacturing, narcotics, human and organ trafficking continues until nothing more can be squeezed out of the husk. Implosion is the only avenue left. Yet, from this breakdown, will we have a true community template of freedom which encourages a free-flowing exchange or will we walk as somnambulists into a mainframe of control from which comfort and efficiency is a high-resolution mask? This set of technocratic controls represent both the future safeguards against this implosion and the ultimate resource of future exploitation when machine-based society dominates over a depopulated world.

Other myths include that of “Western Democracies defending democracy and human rights around the world”; “such initiatives make us safer”; “Guaranteeing security is the paramount responsibility of governments” and the platitude that “at least, these initiatives are better than doing nothing.” All of which are much propagated lies within the MSM, think-tanks and PR outfits which prey on the naive and ill-informed. As ICAMS asserts:

“Careful examination shows that the global, mass registration and surveillance initiatives that have been described in this document are not “better than doing nothing”. They divert resources away from activities that would provide us with better security, they are not effective, and the harm they do to democracies, individuals, the rule of law, and global security is not proportional to their utility, or even to the risk they are supposedly addressing.”

Biotechnology and transhumanist discourse in general, is wholly identified with the idea of accelerating human design and manipulating the rate of perceived evolution. This is in accordance with a one-dimensional philosophy that discards the idea of natural rhythms and cycles that may have their own rates of change and which may not be immediately accessible to the fallible and very subjective human mind. This is hardly surprising due to the movement’s secular roots. However, what if – as a very rich tradition of often suppressed ancient wisdom suggests – there is indeed a precise symmetry and purpose in the way the planet, cosmos and Universe functions and organises itself? Most transhumanists appear to reject this possibility and assume that a “genetic designer label” can be stamped onto biology based on what they consider to be a sacred evolutionary direction. As with most strictly materialist perceptions, in true Baconian tradition the control of matter, mind and Nature is the objective divorced from the idea of consciousness existing outside the constraints of matter. A Masters-of-the-Universe mentality seeks to upstage Nature and the planet itself, bending it to their “post-human” will.

That is not to say there are not some great minds in the transhumanist movement and that there is nothing of value to be found there. But when there is no real discernment between what is considered to be pathology and normalcy and where beliefs are already predisposed to psychological corruption, then it just becomes yet another hijacked ideology. There is also the opportunity to ask questions as to whether we base our future on the lessons of the past or presume to forge ahead and base our decisions on a technological train of wishful thinking. Will we be downloading and uploading a reality that is sacrificing authenticity for artifice?

Can we say that the Elite families of the West have changed; that all is in the past and they have comprehensively turned over a new leaf? Evidence so far suggests that this particular mind-set has merely adapted and refined its methods. Depopulating the world, identifying, logging, tagging and micro-chipping the remaining populace and herding them into tightly controlled mega-cities via economic hardship is one future the Pathocrats envision. Meanwhile, buying up vast tracts of land under the banner of environmentalism will provide them with suitable means to live with the benefits of advanced bio-genetic/cyber technology at their fingertips – most likely with the view to extending their life-spans. Far-fetched or not, psychopaths and those drunk on power seldom think of failure. Vast amounts of money has been channelled for decades into massive underground bunkers presently dotted around the US and Europe some of which can house over 2 million people. To bring “Order out of Chaos” one must first introduce the Chaos to the extent that all manner of alternatives are wiped clean, leaving only one Singularity. They intend to be safe and warm away from all their created carnage and for as long as it takes.

The same vision that has hijacked the normal expressions of creativity for the last two hundred years or more has embraced the Information Age. If a virus goes unnoticed within all societal domains and even begins to define the nature of society, then any future innovations and apparent evolutionary surges will be made under the impetus of the same macro-social pathogen and thus subverted towards anti-human goals until such time it begins to lose its grip. The internet provides us with an immense opportunity to access massive amounts of information and turn it into knowledge through clusters of networks. We have the opportunity to develop and apply that knowledge/awareness in ways undreamt of. Consequently, a real battle for freedom is already taking place in various fields of technology between what we might call the entropic /machine consciousness which seeks to dominate and coerce reality into its tiny perceptions and the human / creative consciousness that seeks to co-create, disburse and expand alongside the Earth and Universe. As a very real human global brain awakens it remains to be seen how it will be wired up and if those “synapses” will be able to make unbreakable bonds based on freedom, truth, responsibility and love.

Technocracy II: Big Brother in your Bag and the Auto-Matrix

“Society is progressively moving towards a socio-technical ecosystem in which the physical and virtual dimensions of life are more and more intertwined and where people interaction, more often than not, takes place with or is mediated by machines.

Our goal is to move towards hybrid systems where people and machines tightly work together to build a smarter society. We envision a new generation of Collective Adaptive Systems where humans and machines synergically complement each other and operate collectively to achieve their, possibly conflicting, goals, but which also exhibit an emergent behaviour that is in line with their designers’ objectives.”

http://www.smart-society-project.eu/


Are you ready to “exhibit an emergent behaviour that is in line with their designers’ objectives”?

The more your behaviour mimics artificial intelligent systems the easier it will be for us all to conform to the required “synergy” needed for a “hybrid society.” Or if you prefer, our inevitable embrace of “hybrid and diversity-aware collective adaptive systems.”

This is where authoritarian geeks take over the world starting with endless SMART word-salad.

At this point something like this may be going through your mind:

Oh, stop being such a kill-joy, doom and gloom stick-in-the-mud and get with the SMART picture. Don’t you know it’s inevitable? What do you want us to do? Stop using technology? You’re just a Luddite afraid of change.

Well, let’s see how you feel as we proceed.

SMART society is not a dream but an inevitable symptom of the technocratic arm of the Establishment. A large proportion of the public consciousness and the purse-strings of business enterprise are behind the philosophy of SMART. The rest of us are following along just as we did with credit cards, mobile phones and every other technological innovation. The off-the-shelf opinion of frustration above is fairly standard and quite understandable given our circumstances. Why would anyone doubt the benefits of SMART visions, especially when the younger generation have pretty much known nothing else? Why would you want to pay attention to the dark underside of your i-pad sensibilities?

That sums up the whole trajectory of wilful blindness and hubris which has characterised the rise and fall of civilisations for millennia. There’s always a love affair with the God of the moment that leads to the crash and burn. But let’s continue observing a bit more of that underside since its actually rather … huge.

In 2012, the vulnerability of SMART TVs was brought into relief when it was proven that hackers could easily compromise, in this case, various parts of Samsung’s new TVs which would allow them to: “… remotely turn on the TVs’ built-in cameras without leaving any trace of it on the screen.” A hacker (government or otherwise) had the capability to watch you while you watched your favourite programme or internet web page. Hackers could also re-routed users to a convenient website in order to obtain their bank account data or other private information. The company apparently fixed the flaws with a worrying proviso: “We know that the way we were able to do this has been fixed; it doesn’t mean that there aren’t other ways that could be discovered in the future.”orwellsmarttvSMART TV c/o of Samsung | © infrakshun

Similarly, By 2015, nothing much has improved. Indeed, it’s got worse. Televisions can actively monitor what users say and transmit that information to third parties. Samsung attempted to put these grievances to rest by saying that the latest models are all encrypted, unlike earlier versions. Unfortunately, that was a lie. Reporters from online journal Extreme Tech contacted security researchers at Pentest Partners to retrieve information regarding the brand and model of the TV which had undergone these tests:

The initial model was a UE46ES8000, a top-end TV for its day, but now two years old. This time around, the team tested a UE55HU7500. This screen currently retails for £1,569.86 in the UK according to Amazon. Reviews date from June 2014 through Jan 2015 and the unit is widely available — it is, in other words, a “current” Samsung TV by any reasonable sense of the word.

The team tested the new television in the same manner as the old and found that data is still being transferred in plaintext.

Since SMART technology means that most home-based gadgets and business networks are connected to the internet in some way, technology experts and hackers have cautioned that it is highly likely that the idea of network security is fast becoming a misnomer as the principle of the flaws in the Samsung TVs can be replicated across a broad spectrum of internet-connected platforms. In summary: Devices are unsecured.

Moreover, as one researcher observes:

Many of these unsecured devices can be found with a simple search. In fact, there’s a search engine devoted just to scouring the so-called “Internet of things” called Shadon Playing around with it is an eye-opener. For example, in late July a writer for Forbes discovered an entire home automation product line with Internet-connected features that could be set up without a default password, and were visible to search engines. This would enable a hacker to search and find these systems on the Net, then access them at will. To prove her point, Kashmir Hill breached the home automation systems of random strangers, called them on the phone and demonstrated the vulnerability by turning their lights on and off. [1]

Before we get on to how far the rabbit hole of integration between SMART enthusiasm, monitoring and surveillance goes, it may be worthwhile considering how corporate UK and US are data-mining the minds of Joe and Jeanette public.

Remember your useful supermarket “loyalty” card lurking in your wallet or at the bottom of your handbag? This little critter provides enormous amounts of information about your shopping habits which is retained in a large marketing database and shared by a multitude of interested parties – from advertisers to law enforcement. Your transactions, the frequency of purchases and your preferences are all used to create a customer profile that is mapped into various demographic and psychological analyses very useful for sales and marketing strategies. You are walking psychological real estate for the corporate world and they just love to extract as much as they can from your sub prime mind.

Take another British wallet-hugger – the Nectar card. This is a ubiquitous piece of plastic which is used by over 10 million people in the United Kingdom. Information is compiled from a range of shops visited and offers a nice readout along with a pretty graph of a cardholder’s shopping habits. Though Nectar insists the information is strictly for customers only, data is increasingly flying about the consumer and corporate world, regardless.

loyalty-cards

Intrusion is a very profitable business. As we saw in the first posts about Official Culture, the constant and pervasive presence of advertising seeks to colonise any and all of the latest advances in information technology, from the internet to bill-board hoardings with literally no place to hide. For instance, CAT, PET, MRI brain imaging scanners have fast made the transition from clinical tools to advertisers and marketing weaponry. When it was known that certain regions of the brain “light up” when a person thinks of a pleasurable experience or the solving of a puzzle this means that such knowledge could be applied to advertising. The new jargon speaks of “neuromarketing” or “neuroeconomics” as the next field of mind colonisation. SMART eh?

According to Technology Advice magazine from October 15th 2013, Japan was taking the lead in so called “SMART shelves,” which began appearing in some US grocery stores at the start of 2015. Run by Mondelez International, the shelves operate at the checkout line using various tech tools to identify the sex and age of the shoppers. From the information stored a custom made advert is then  displayed according to that particular person’s demographic. Marketing data will also be collected from how long the advert was watched. If a shopper picks up the item information will be relayed from weight sensors to indicate a potential purchase. Coupons and store discounts can be displayed in order to encourage a sale.

If you want to get the public used to something then the usual mode of “softening” for the future comes via Hollywood and glamour. Otherwise known as “predictive programming” this was used to great effect by butchering Philip K. Dick’s book and making it into Minority Report (2002) starring Tom Cruise and directed by Steven Spielberg. It was here that concept of “Pre-Crime” and biometric surveillance was given a thorough airing.  In the shopping mall scene Cruise’s character is stopped in his tracks by an interactive advert which had been scanned by iris recognition technology. A voice shouts: “John Anderton, you could use a Guinness!” If that sounds too nightmarish to contemplate, most of that futuristic, pop-corn-munching entertainment has become reality in just under ten years. And now it’s all so … passé. The algorithmic software isolates the face, measures the features and extracts it from the scene. Once a match has been found data is flooded in to complete the profile. Think CSI and various other glamorous TV shows that feature all kinds of whizz-bang gadgetry in the hunt for criminals.

Facial recognition and Iris scanning technology is already present at airports and passport control in the UK. Advanced versions are being rolled out at a terminal in Love Field, Dallas, Texas consisting of “… 500 high-definition security cameras sharp enough to read an auto license plate or a logo on a shirt. The International Air Transport Association, or IATA, which represents airlines globally, calls it “the checkpoint of the future,” with the PR for the initiative going for the speed angle where passengers will move almost “non-stop” through security. Meanwhile, they “… would identify themselves not with driver’s licenses and paper boarding passes, but by scanning fingerprints or irises to prove they have an electronic ticket.” [2]

(Even Homeland Security has been beavering way since at least 2011 to apply this technology in defending the Fatherland. It seems logical that this is where the real action lies, namely, in bolstering law enforcement and the military-intelligence apparatus).

Along side “Intelligent” transport systems we have Intelligent digital billboards which have been the first in line for this advertising gold-rush, being fitted with cameras that can discern the gender and age group of passers-by who look at them. The idea is to tailor the messages to the onlooker in real time. Toyko has road tested a collection of billboards of varying size and at different locations. A spokesman for the project said: “The camera can distinguish a person’s sex and approximate age, even if the person only walks by in front of the display, at least if he or she looks at the screen for a second.” And the data stored will obviously stay in responsible hands, advertisers being extremely responsible people, as we know… [3]

Germany has also been getting in on the act with a intelligent billboard designed for dog owners using “hot technology of location-based social networking,” to sell Granata Pet brand dog food. “As owners pass by with their dogs they can stop in front of it, use their mobile phones to check in on Foursquare and as soon as they do, a dog treat will pop out of the billboard and the dog – or I guess owner – can sample the product before deciding to buy it.” [4]

Or course, targeting your bemused pooch is small fry.

Ad agency BBDO (also from Germany) and broadcaster Sky Deutschland have joined forces to target work weary passengers on commuter trains. When they rest their heads against a window instead of the promise of pleasant dreams they will hear messages beamed into the brains. The advertising platform uses a small box attached to the surface of the window which sends out vibrations which the brain translates into sound. Called “bone conduction” technology, it promises to be used across a range of info-tainment services.

Less invasive is the introduction of “Smell-vertising” which had its first test run by food company McCain and its frozen jacket potatoes. A display of 3D fibreglass models of baked potatoes were installed at bus stops in London, York, Glasgow, Manchester and Nottingham which released an aroma of oven-baked potato when a button is pressed.

According to a report published in 2011 by the Centre for Future Studies, 3D outdoor ads that can recognise people’s moods and were tested on the streets in 2012. Called “gladadvertising,” the software picks up on facial expressions associated with certain moods and once it has analysed what the victim is feeling, advertisers move in for the kill, delivering the programmed advert straight into the frontal lobe. The study also concluded that the accessing of personal data from social networks through your mobile phone could be combined with “holograms, mood lighting and smells.” [5] This form of “targeted marketing or “dynamic advertising” has some of us – though clearly not enough – concerned.

personalisedlipsThe Washington-based privacy advocate organisation the Electronic Privacy Information Centre (EPIC) warned that: “… this type of surveillance encroaches on civil liberties,” adding that: “Such face, voice and behaviour technology could be a means of tracking individuals on a mass level across their entire lives.” The organisation believes that the demands from advertisers and security-minded governments have made technologies: “… so increasingly SMART and intrusive that they now resemble something out of science fiction.”

As we become assaulted by smells, images and voices in our heads, these will be increasingly tailored towards the particular demographic in which we reside. And depending how much of our individual data has become available – probably without our consent. Accordingly, even the gender focus can become another marketing dollar. Initially however, it was a charity which was chosen to launch a face recognition billboard in London’s Oxford St. to highlight gender discrimination. (Nothing like blending social conscience and marketing – everyone’s a winner.) On February 23rd 2012, The Independent  newspaper reported on an advert that “plays only to women.” The first of its kind, the technology: “… works by scanning faces before measuring the distance between the viewer’s eyes, width of the nose, length of jaw line and shape of cheekbone to compare the data and estimate their gender.”

Back in November 12, 2008, an Agence France Press ran the report: ‘Firms scan brain waves to improve ads in Japan.’ US Market research company Neilsen and its partner Neurofocus obligingly offered a brain-scanning “service” for the Japanese marketing industry. The technology scans brains waves and the physical features of potential customers in order to accurately study the effects of advertising messages and their products. Attention level, message retention level and emotional involvement of customers is measured the data of which is collected and analysed.

Meanwhile, Londoners can’t even take out their rubbish without being targeted by the ad-men and their SMART toys. Before the Olympics of 2012, Renew, a company who manufactures recycling bins installed over 100, 12 of which had digital tracking devices so that customers were effectively stalked in order to roll out personal advertising in the “real world.” As ludicrous as it may sound – yet perhaps fitting given the product – the little digital screens display Youtube updates, news and of course, targeted ads. According to Sam Shead of online magazine Techworld,an experiment to place tracking devices in recycling bins in order to spy on Londoner’s smartphones was well underway. The report explained how it worked: The 12 bins with the technology record a unique identification number, known as a MAC address, for mobile devices in the vicinity that have Wi-Fi switched on. This enables the Renew bins to monitor data including the ‘movement, type, direction, and speed of unique devices’”. The experiment was terminated by early 2013. Don’t worry there are still the London SMART bins.[6] (See below)

Smart Cities: BinsDan Kitwood/Getty Images Europe

“In London’s Square Mile there are already more than 100 “smart bins”. As well as being a receptacle for recycling, they feature digital screens broadcasting a live channel of breaking headline news and live traffic information. They can also communicate directly with mobile devices through Wi-Fi and Bluetooth technology.” Source: ‘Cities get smart: urban innovation.


 “Identity will become embedded in devices” and “propagated into all applications.”


The appetite for data from advertisers and marketers is as insatiable as the NSA’s. The objective is to create a rich data base for “predictive analytics” where a precise knowledge of each individual’s “event” (places they have dined, visited etc.) and who has purchased online in the past can be targeted with advertising which knows your behaviour and personal preferences inside out. The report goes on to say: “In tests occurring between 21-24 May and 2-9 June, over four million events were observed, with over 530,000 unique devices monitored.”

Advertisers may enjoy the innovation but the SMART technology they are riding and driving serves another purpose above and beyond selling products. The software and the desires behind it will always advance and so too the more macro-social SMART planning that is on the pathocratic excel sheet; something advertisers will obviously not have considered and even if the awareness was present, probably wouldn’t care. As Bruce Schneier, chief security technology officer of BT points out: “Once the cameras are installed and operational, once they’re networked to central computers, then it’s a simple matter of upgrading the software,” … “And if they can do more — if they can provide more ‘value’ to the advertisers — then of course they will. To think otherwise is simply naïve.” [7]

The Centre for Future Studies produced a recent summary of key trends in social media that showed how advertising and marketing will dove-tail perfectly into the Technocrats’ dream of an automated society or, as the report states, thanks to Facebook, Twitter etc.: “Identity will become embedded in devices” and “propagated into all applications.” The SMART systems will allow us to bypass these sites and will “seamlessly access your profile.” They further suggest that once social identity has become embedded in our devices, online sharing will become fused to media life, where DVDs TV, i-Pod music and internet “sync preferences to preferred identity.”

Back to The Internet of Things (IOT) and uploading and integrating our identity with SMART world until they are fully synonymous.

As the embedding continues and the reliance and surveillance that goes with it, our location will be omnipresent and available: “Location aware devices will employ pre-emptive use of location to alert the user to things or people nearby that may be of interest.” – Along with those listening in and observing. Marketers will start salivating here when they can offer a discount at a nearby MacDonald’s store: Hey Dude! There’s a Double Royale Burger with extra fries half price deal on 5th Avenue if you hurry! Just Lovin’ it!

mcdonaldspersonalisedThis “dual use” technology allows a double agenda to come into play. Once again, we have the Brave New (SMART) world lurking in perceived innocence and purity just behind the scenes approaching full integration with satellite and terrestrial appliances:

“SMART devices and web apps will automatically check-in and post updates: Identity aware devices, empowered by embeddable RFID tags, (Radio Frequency Identification Chip) will allow this type of technology to spread beyond the mobile phone. A SMART coffee thermos, for example, could enable auto-check ins and send coupons to your phone as you enter your favourite coffee shop.” [8]

And entering our favourite coffee shop with your favourite thermos may be the least of our worries if Radio-Frequency Identification (RFID) does indeed spread beyond the mobile phone. Like your arm, for example. In the technocratic future, entering the shop by choice would fast become a luxury. It is at precisely this juncture, where SMART technologies and consumerism suggest how to live your life and where true choices becomes somewhat progressively ill-defined. It’s already too much. And such a level of invasive consumerism blended with the surveillance state can only work if one’s brain has been suitably primed to function in a similar fashion to a small bucket of silica.

What of the workforce in the face of these rapid advances?

A recent report from the Oxford Martin Programme on the Impacts of Future Technology based at Oxford University suggests that 45 per cent of the jobs in the United States will be automated within the next twenty years. Using a standard statistical modelling method, data was accrued from more than 700 jobs on ONet, an online career network. The skills, education and many other variables were all taken into account. With already massive unemployment problems and part-time workers scratching around for jobs automation will force more and more people into the mega-cities and into a managed system – for their own welfare.

Echoing Jeremy Rifikin’s seminal book: The End of Work: The Decline of the Global Labor Force and the Dawn of the Post-Market Era (1995) the professor explored the clear delineation between a disenfranchised global workforce and an Information Elite. The results yielded a change that would likely happen in two stages:

1) Computers replacing people. Vulnerable fields like transportation/logistics, production, construction, services, sales and administration will all be affected causing a massive increase in the unemployed. The pace of change will then slow and progress in fits and starts according to the particular field.

2) Artificial Intelligence. As the sophistication of computerisation continues to grow, a second tier of work will be under threat including the sciences, management, engineering, and the arts.

Obvious maybe, but in 1995 it was hard to imagine. Manufacturing is in a bad way having shed 6 million jobs since 2000 and as production soars ahead despite trillions of debt in both the US and Europe. The robot revolution and the SMART visions will only continue the erosion of mass employment. The speed at which this will happen, especially regarding stage two depends on access to cheap labour, resources and social, geo-political and environmental instability. It could be much quicker or considerably longer but the direction is clear.

factoryautomation© infrakshun


“The new law of the economic jungle is this: either write the software that eats the world, or be eaten.”


Professor Erik Brynjolfsson from MIT Sloan School of Management, and his co-author Andrew McAfee have come to much the same conclusions. They believe most of the unemployment stagnation is due to the inexorable rise of robotics and factory automation. According to their research the future is very bleak for a much wider range of jobs, from law, financial services, education, and medicine. More controversially for some, they show that there has been a divergence or “great decoupling” beginning in 2000 – 2011 where economic growth is indicated but with no parallel increase in job creation. Productivity continues to rise as does the long-term unemployed. While Brynjolfsson believes technology does make nations wealthier overall, there is an undeniable paradox at work. He observes: “Productivity is at record levels, innovation has never been faster, and yet at the same time, we have a falling median income and we have fewer jobs. People are falling behind because technology is advancing so fast and our skills and organizations aren’t keeping up.” [9]

Earlier in 2013 Israeli company Rethink Robotics illustrated what will surely become the norm before very long. “Baxter” a foot high service robot retailing at $22,000 can take on most menial tasks from serving coffee, to fetching the post. Software applications are swiftly being developed to make sure that such robots will be able to take ever more sophisticated jobs from assembly line work in factories to flipping burgers in McDonalds. According to a Fiscal Times report Baxter is being overtaken: “MIT already has a BakeBot that can read recipes, whip together cookie dough and place it in the oven. The University of California at Berkeley has a robot that can do laundry and fold T-shirts. Robot servers have started waiting tables at restaurants in Japan, South Korea, China and Thailand …” [10]  Indeed, US agriculture which has already undergone massive monopolisation by five major agribusiness companies is taking the next step in the robotics revolution in keeping with a future collective herding of humanity. Over in California the Lettuce Bot is one such example, where the machines  “… can ‘thin’ a field of lettuce in the time it takes about 20 workers to do the job by hand.” [11]

Though a new sector of employment is emerging comprising Robot IT and maintenance personnel, security developers, designers and salespeople for robot accessories, software, and apps, it will not ameliorate the millions of blue collar workers whose talents and working wage is outside specialist technology. (This does not even include the rising immigration problem from nations ransacked by western backed regime change).  As automated vehicles begin to replace truck drivers and better software obviates the need for lawyers, bartenders and burger flippers and even some medical care workers then the divide between the rich and the poor will become a case of who has access to technology and who does not; who is living on the edges of society and who lives at its core. As one tech journalist Jon Evans commented: “The new law of the economic jungle is this: either write the software that eats the world, or be eaten.”

Author and technology journalist Nicolas Carr has written about the dark side of the approaching revolution in automation. Carr opines that in putting our knowledge in the hands of machines, we are inadvertently – and ironically – signing away our greatest potential.  In his 2010 book: The Shallows: How the internet is changing the way we think, read and remember he provides an overview of what automation is doing to a number of sectors in society and how they are altering the nature of work. For instance, air accidents are revealed to be have been caused by pilot error, which in turn, was caused by overly-sophisticated software which has by-passed normal human reaction and good old fashioned intuition working in unison with years of experience. Now they are essentially computer operators.

Aviation and automation experts have found that what the accidents had in common (when human error was a factor) was that: “Overuse of automation erodes pilots’ expertise and dulls their reflexes,” which leads “a de-skilling of the crew.” And since pilots hold the controls on a typical flight for only three minutes such is the state of software sophistication it means that the problem isn’t likely to get better. Unless that is, you get rid of pilots all together. What will this do to the knowledge of flying? Will flying be yet another skill that becomes the province of the computer and will go much the same way as the art of hand-writing? The stakes are a little higher with the former however… 

The overuse of automation may be putting lives at risk. Faith in such technology could be misplaced if we compare it to the beliefs of the Industrial Revolution from which most of these ideas derive. The scope and magnitude of automated tasks has taken on an entirely different mandate. Software is increasingly rendering the presence of humans unnecessary even for intellectual tasks which until recently were considered strictly human-based. As our focus narrows, we are moving into a technocratic army of workers who do nothing more than monitor and input data rather than truly engage in creative activities which require the friction of challenge and stimulation. Routine will inevitably supplant the nourishing of talent even more than the mechanical assembly line.

Automation2

Automation: the future of manufacturing. Where do all the people go?

The cause of this drive to automate our lives is based on a trenchant fallacy of a machine-based future that will naturally provide for us all and cater for our every mental, emotional and even spiritual needs. As Carr suggests, this is merely another “substitution myth” which fails to address core issues at the heart of change and adaptation. He further states: “A labor-saving device doesn’t just provide a substitute for some isolated component of a job or other activity. It alters the character of the entire task, including the roles, attitudes, and skills of the people taking part.” It is this mass alteration combined with power-hungry individuals presently infesting our social systems which will spell disaster for the human condition if we don’t – somehow – apply the brakes.

Meantime, this will inevitably lead to what psychologists have called complacency and bias leading to poor performance. A false sense of security will descend which over time, leads to an erosion of our levels of attention and awareness. As our trust and faith in automated systems increases so too our hard talents and instincts atrophy, where other informational sources become secondary. This does not absolve us from ignoring incorrect or subtle mistakes in computational data however and a vicious circle is enacted.

But there is also a deeper problem as Carr explains:

Automation turns us from actors into observers. Instead of manipulating the yoke, we watch the screen. That shift may make our lives easier, but it can also inhibit the development of expertise. Since the late 1970s, psychologists have been documenting a phenomenon called the “generation effect.” It was first observed in studies of vocabulary, which revealed that people remember words much better when they actively call them to mind—when they generate them—than when they simply read them. The effect, it has since become clear, influences learning in many different circumstances. When you engage actively in a task, you set off intricate mental processes that allow you to retain more knowledge. You learn more and remember more. When you repeat the same task over a long period, your brain constructs specialized neural circuits dedicated to the activity. It assembles a rich store of information and organizes that knowledge in a way that allows you to tap into it instantaneously. Whether it’s Serena Williams on a tennis court or Magnus Carlsen at a chessboard, an expert can spot patterns, evaluate signals, and react to changing circumstances with speed and precision that can seem uncanny. What looks like instinct is hard-won skill, skill that requires exactly the kind of struggle that modern software seeks to alleviate.

Translating information into applied knowledge is fast becoming an obstacle to achieving not only a place in society but a deeper sense of fulfilment. With an already growing malaise of narcissism afflicting our present generations this does not bode well for the coming technocratic age. In our enthusiasm to replace pilots with programs and suitable algorithms so that diagnoses can take doctors out of the equation entirely the vacuum to which we are all being drawn is based on a cure that is nothing more than total automation which is by definition a technocracy. How on earth do we prevent our distinctly unique talents disappearing as rapidly as technology has arisen? As a consequence, it has comes down to a question of existential meaning. Carr asks: “Does our essence still lie in what we know, or are we now content to be defined by what we want? If we don’t grapple with that question ourselves, our gadgets will be happy to answer it for us.” It doesn’t matter from what cultural origins we derive our sense of meaning and place in the world, the eternal constant is that “knowing demands doing.” [12]

If we embrace the riptide of total automation where the notion of personal vocation is becoming refined and narrowed into software programs in the name of efficiency and ease, then our definition of who we are will be dangerously tied up with the instantaneous result – at the expense of the journey. What we may be losing in return for this new Official Culture and its addictive race for results will only be known when we begin to wonder what it was like to live without the screen. Creativity, meaning and a real world connection may be difficult to claw back when we have become a mirror of the machines we seem to covet.

But the blind drive to a SMART society and automation isn’t the only change that is pressing down on human consciousness. The urge to actually merge our bodies with machines by allowing incremental integration is already taking place.

 


Notes
[1] ‘In 21st century America, Samsung TV watches YOU!’ chron.com, August 5, 2013.
[2] ”Checkpoint of the future’ takes shape at Texas airport’ USA Today June 21, 2012.
[3] ‘Tokyo’s intelligent digital billboards can tell gender, age of passerby’ by Andrew Nusca, http://www.smartplanet.com, 15 Jul 2010.
[4] ‘Intelligent Billboard gives you dog treats: truly the future is here.’ By Anna Leach, March 30 2011. http://www.shinyshiny.tv.com.
[5] ‘Emotion Recognition Software Will Tailor Digital Out-of-Home Advertising Messages to a Person’s Mood’ March 3 2011, http://www.screenmediadaily.com
[6] ‘Tracking devices in recycling bins spy on Londoner’s smartphones’ By Sam Shead Tech World | Aug 10, 2013.
[7] ‘Big Brother is watching you shop’ By Michael Fitzpatrick, BBC News, October 2, 2009.
[8] Insights – centreforfuturestudies strategic futures consultancy, 21 September 2010, http://www.futurestudies.co.uk/files/Centrepercent20forpercent20Futurepercent20Studies/INSIGHTpercent20Socialpercent20Media.pdf

[9] ‘How Technology Is Destroying Jobs’ By David Rotman MIT Tech Review June 2013.
[10]’The Robot Reality: Service Jobs are Next to Go’ By Blaire Briody, Fiscal Times March 26, 2013.
[11]‘Robots revolutionize farming ease labor’ Phys.org July 2013.
[12] ‘All Can Be Lost: The Risk of Putting Our Knowledge in the Hands of Machines’ By Nicolas Carr, The Atlantic Monthly, Oct.23rd 2013.

Technocracy I

By M.K. Styllinski

“Technopoly is a state of culture. It is also a state of mind. It consists in the deification of technology, which means that the culture seeks its authorization in technology, finds its satisfactions in technology, and takes its orders from technology. This requires the development of a new kind of social order, and of necessity leads to the rapid dissolution of much that is associated with traditional beliefs.”

– Neil Postman


Under the International Rice Research Institute (IRRI) heavily funded by the Rockefeller Foundation we see the centralisation of food under agribusiness merging with SMART society. Technology is the key to delivering a world of plenty according to these scientists and financial backers. On the website we read: “The Rockefeller Foundation envisions a world with SMART Globalisation – a world in which globalisation’s benefits are more widely shared and social, economic, health, and environmental challenges are more easily weathered.” Recall too, our exploration into the scare-tactics of global warming, the implementation of UN Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development (SD) all of which is hijacking genuine concern for our planet in order to use it to advance a New World Control System, by stealth. On the one hand, we have overt geo-political deception forcing chaos into being upon which a Hegelian solution for that post-war (post-catastrophe?) world can be laid. On the other hand, the requisite, centralised “New International Order” is delivered as a “benign” ecological, socio-cultural and economic template incorporating urban, energy efficient and sustainable “human habitat” zones requiring a high-level population density.

2012-07-21 18.22.48© infrakshun

After great disasters, there are always great opportunities to create new institutions and infrastructure predicated on elite ideologies.  World War I and II were prime examples, and indeed partly initiated for this very purpose. Humanity’s spirit must be broken in order that such phases of a New Order are welcomed, albeit with inclusive-sounding labels for peace and prosperity. The aftermath of intense Earth changes and asymmetric warfare will provide the same opportunities for another phase in the Pathocratic encroachment over normal human beings. And what might we expect?

Think of it this way:

If the Pathocrats have their way, we will be carefully managed into SMART operated high-rises with uniform amenities and leisure parks, where metered energy consumption, automation and hyper-digitisation will be encased in an overarching surveillance – for your own “protection.” Only the new technocratic gentry will inhabit lands deep in the countryside. For the rest of us it will be off limits, our movements strictly monitored. In accordance with New World Religion protocols and the New World Civil Servant Resolutions Nature will be protected as “sacred” and barred from the mass of humanity. These Mega-cities will provide for our every need … Provided that is, conformity and compliance remains paramount for the New Collective and the maintenance of a group consciousness duly cultivated, as envisoned by Zone Council Resolutions. This will ensure the efficiency of our SMART society, the most important precept in the New Age.

Break consensus and community cracks. Serve the individual and promote the Self, SMART grid dysfunction and the potential for overall system failure is inevitable and thus a return to fragmentation and dissociation of the past. This cannot be permitted – for the good of the whole. Resistance is like an infection, before you know it, the whole grid would be infected.  As such, we must be treated like the historical virus that we are and protected from ourselves by the guiding hand of the Priesthood, otherwise, the potential despoiling of Mother Earth will occur. Accordingly, a vast number of protective measures have been put in place to maintain efficiency and inner happiness. We will want for nothing. To maintain optimum levels of sensate satisfaction, human habitats will have their own integrated “Malware” and “anti-virus” enforcement systems in place as envisioned and voted for by Neighbourhood, Zone Councils and Regional Elects – for the good of all. Community is all, group consciousness is all … Love life, the New SMART Consensus.

You can probably continue the narrative with all kinds of creative allusions inspired by various books and Hollywood flicks. This is the real inverted totalitarianism that both Orwell and Huxley warned about and countless myths and oral traditions.

So, are the checks and balances in place to prevent such a future? Or is it just a silly Dystopian fantasy?

When SD and SMART systems are set against the strangle-hold that our power brokers still maintain currently manifesting as ubiquitous surveillance and the erosion of civil liberties, then questioning the direction this form of technology is taking  becomes an absolute imperative. For once we have passed a certain point in technological know-how, artificial intelligence will offer us no way to turn back without wholesale destruction.

Society is rapidly changing thorough technological innovation advancing in ways that challenge the imagination. The horizon is limitless as to how technology will be used. The important question to ask is: do we have any say in how technological knowledge is being applied in the present and thus how it will shape our future? As with most things in life, there are always positives and negatives to any new innovation on a mass scale,  but it remains to be seen which one will gain ascendance. As always, this is dependent on who holds the overall power of technology and its uses. So far, we have an appalling track record. As it stands, the advantages are set to provide unquestionable benefits in the medical field communications sectors. But what are the dangers of an over reliance on digital technology applied to all other sectors of society? Will it augment the path to true freedom or be its demise? Already there are serious questions being asked on a number of issues from health to civil liberties, artificial intelligence to cyber warfare, all of which we will explore.

chicagoillinoiswifi

As this silicon revolution continues to submerge us in an ocean of Wi-Fi waves there are signs that our intense reliance on SMART networks may not be the most expedient way to take humanity forward. Nonetheless, selling the idea of convenience and efficiency is proving extremely seductive. It also offers untold benefits to intelligence agencies, in particular the National Security Agency (NSA) to complete its mission to own information and predict behaviour of every individual in America and the globe.

The acronym “SMART” is the new mnemonic buzzword which is being used to describe a network of gadgets, utilities, services, weapons, energy systems and new forms of governance bound together in a sea of digital and Wi-Fi-based technology. Each letter in the acronym stands for a particular objective which can be loosely interpreted. They are typically defined as follows:

S = Specific / Significant

M = Measurable / Motivational

A = Attainable / Assignable

R = Relevant / Realistic

T = Time-bound / Time-Related

The technology promises a broad range of practical and philosophical ideas which are already re-shaping the very concept of communication, travel, agriculture, medicine and city infrastructure. SMART uses computerised systems which incorporate digital metering to monitor and control energy from power plants to appliances within the home.  Another acronym used to describe this technological structure of Web-connected appliances and in-home devices is the “Internet of things” (IOT). Although domestic appliances such as fridges, freezers, lighting and televisions fall under the IOT, it is the energy companies and infrastructure –  including transportation, health, oil, gas and alternative energy systems – which are being incorporated into a vast SMART grid awash with Wi-Fi technology that will connect to the internet and allow devices to “speak to each other.”

Many corporations such as AT&T, General Electric, are changing their present system of distribution, storage, administration and the very core of their manufacturing towards the IOT and SMART philosophy. For software companies such as Cisco, IBM, Siemens, Microsoft and Intel, this is a lucrative time. As a September 2013 article by online magazine Standard Digital entitled: ‘Tomorrow’s smart cities’ explained: “In Singapore, Stockholm and California, IBM is gathering traffic data and running it via algorithms to predict where a traffic jam will occur an hour before it has happened. Meanwhile in Rio (Brazil), it has built a NASA-style control room where banks of screens suck up data from sensors and cameras located around the city.” IBM has 2,500 smarter cities projects worldwide and is confident in financial future of redesigning cities. To that end it has trademarked the term “smarter cities”.

The article also quotes Anthony Townsend, director of the Institute of the Future and author of Smart Cities: Big Data, Civic Hackers, and the Quest for a New Utopia. Townsend puts his finger on the pulse when he states: “Some people want to fine tune a city like you do a race car but they are leaving citizens out of the process…” And in relation to a China’s massive new city building projects and huge central control rooms, one of which is already operational in Rio, Brazil: “The control room in Rio was created by a progressive mayor but what if the bad guys get in? Are we creating capabilities that can be misused?” Constant attempts to try and get the UK public to adopt a bio-metric, National ID card have failed, though a foreign ID card for immigrants was unveiled in 2008 as a possible “softening up” exercise for a re-introduction of the scheme. This seems to be one branch in the creation of database state in the UK and abroad. When all the databases are indexed by what is known in the UK as the National Identity Register (NIR) it is then that our lives will be defined by our NIR number and a host of invasive surveillance which may come into play.


The UK organization NO2ID which campaigns against the Database State sees “Transformational Government” as not just a threat to our civil liberties but a whole way of life. Indeed they state: “… what is being transformed is not government but its power over you.” The reason for this increasing disquiet over State interference in the lives of British people is drawn from broad range of measures integral to the emerging SMART society.

NO2ID outlines just some of the UK government’s plans currently evolving:

  • ID interrogation centres, for passports and ID cards
  • ePassports that help collect data about your travel
  • International eBorders schemes that exchange Passenger Name Record information with foreign countries as well as collecting them
  • Recording of all car journeys, using Automatic Number Plate Recognition (ANPR)
  • ‘Entitlement cards’ as part of, or linked to the ID scheme, logging use of public services
  • Centralised medical records without privacy
  • Biometrics in schools — fingerprinting children as young as 4 or 5
  • ‘ContactPoint’, a database collecting sensitive information on every child
  • Fingerprinting in pubs and bars — landlords forced to monitor their patrons
  • A greatly expanded National DNA Database (NDNAD)
  • New police powers to check identity
  • Increasing Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) checks for employees and volunteers
  • Businesses under pressure to verify ID of staff and customers with the government  [1]

Neil Postman’s reference to a “Technopoly” as a state of culture is another consolidation of Official Culture. It is a description of an emerging Pathocracy with emphasis on the scientific technique underpinning the dominance of technology and its applications. When combining the  Surveillance State, and SMART society we fuse Technopoly and Pathocracy to form: Technocracy. a system of society according to which government is controlled by scientists, engineers, and other experts. It is a scientific dictatorship as discussed in ‘World State Policies III: The Scientific Technique’ and to which UN Agenda 21 and Sustainable Development is integrated.

city-metropolis-buildings-skyscrapers-city-road-lights

Howard Scott and M. King Hubbert founded the Technocracy movement in 1932 during the Great Depression and produced what is seen by many as the Bible of the movement: The Technocracy Study Course. Rather than the “price system” the design was based on the metrics of energy and considered apolitical. It was primarily a technological panacea for global economic problems based on energy production and distribution together with precise monitoring and measuring as the pillars of its potential success.

It was a techno-Marxist plan which included nationalising public utilities abandoning the gold standard (which the financial oligarchs loved) and suspending the stock exchange. Why would you need one when the new currency was mainframe of automation and “digital” currency?

The Technocracy Study Course reads like a strange amalgamation of bureaucratic fundamentalism grafted on to a engineer/mathematician/accountant’s world view of humans as binary energy units. (Perfect for the Lucis Trust’s New World [Civil] Servants). They outline their meter reading diagnosis for society in typically precise fashion:

  • “Register on a continuous 24 hour per day basis the total net conversion of energy.
  • “By means of the registration of energy converted and consumed, make possible a balanced load.
  • “Provide a continuous inven­tory of all production and consumption
  • “Provide a specific registration of the type, kind, etc., of all goods and services, where produced and where used.
  • “Provide specific registration of the consumption of each individual, plus a record and description of the individual.” [2]


Many younger online users attracted to hacktivism, spirituality and social networking have been taken in by the recent manifestation of technocracy in the very slickly produced and marketed Zeitgeist films and the affiliated Venus Project founded by Jasque Fresco. The first film included some excellent truths regarding the nature of the economic world in which we live, as well as an incisive deconstruction of government influence and false flag operations. But the second film entitled: “Addendum” revealed that it had some fatal flaws. Zeitgeist was designed to grab our attention and prime the not so discerning members of the public to accept another version of Elite control this time through systemic technology as saviour, where computers make key decisions. It is the same techno-Marxism that assumes everyone will be thoroughly happy with such a Brave New World of regimented, rule-based precision; where individuals become numbers integrated into a game theory mainframe of “efficiency.”

smart-city-concept

Source: DefenseForumIndia.com

Naturally, no mention is made of authoritarians and social dominators pre-disposed to the distortion and co-option of well-intentioned technocrats. To say that such a scenario is unrealistic and naïve seems obvious, not least the undesirability of such a sterile future. It is the same old approach to people management with the blessing of the Rockefeller class, all of whom have been extremely active in the “information dominance” brand of social engineering. When you know the awareness is changing the mass mind then you offer the World State scenario under a different guise and adapt good intentions accordingly.

The Zeitgeist Mission Statement gives us all we need to know:

“This ‘Resource-Based Economic Model’ is about taking a direct technical approach to social management as opposed to a monetary or even political one. It is about updating the workings of society to the most advanced and proven methods Science has to offer, leaving behind the damaging consequences and limiting inhibitions which are generated by our current system of monetary exchange, profits, corporations and other structural and motivational components.”

The term “Technocracy” in Zeitgeist terms, is really another way of referring to the “scientific technique” dipped in coating of trans-humanist fervour. Think eco-aware, engineering geek meets bank manager, meets human resource chief. Throw in a goatee and there you have it. It’s the same story different wardrobe.

In America, appealing to the new generations born in the digital world is a vital part of the social engineering project reaching its apotheosis of the Rockefeller Foundation. The GMO/agriculture research arm of IRRI calls it: “SMART Globalisation”, a corporatist-collectivist vision that sounds wonderfully benign on the face of it. It is the latest meme designed to channel human activity into local, national and global SMART systems from which our finances, health and autonomy would be under complete and automatic control. In other words, a Global SMART Grid. It is here that we see technocracy and neo-feudalism come together in virtual “harmony,” developed with the best of intentions at the lower end of awareness but guided by the worst from the top. The current crisis in the capitalist economic order is all part of the phase to replace the old world with this new vision. Let’s just recall that David Rockefeller has been a long-time admirer of communist China and the hybrid vision of the capitalist-collectivist philosophy.

a61paj5smao7

David Rockefeller and Mao’s deputy Zhou Enlai 1973.| The Rockefellers have been hard at work engineering this World State based on the Chinese model for many decades. For more information see Rockefeller Internationalism by William Banyan

Author Naomi Klein alerted us to the fact that Chinese authorities have taken SMART society to their hearts and created a “model city” of the future re-affirming the Rockefeller and Elite vision for the world. It only took 30 years, for Shenzen to be transformed from a barren wasteland to a SMART city of 21.4 million occupants who are living the “dream” and where 200,000 cameras currently monitor and survey the populace with over 2 million more planned. What this SMART Society provides is a police State testing ground comprising of “central planning, merciless repression and constant surveillance.” Fortune 500 technology companies are watching very closely indeed. So closely, in fact, that high-tech surveillance and censorship programs were provided by IBM, Honeywell, and GE people under the generic name of “Golden Shield,” and used as a test run for what will is envisaged for the US population (once it has been thoroughly broken by social and economic chaos that is…) [3]

Recall former US National Security State advisor under Carter and Obama head hunter Zbigniew Brzezinski and his 1968 book Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era. It was a call to re-envision the technetronic era after a few abortive attempts during the 1930s depression. It was to be the inspiration and backbone to the formation of the Trilateral Commission and its support of the Tiger economies of Asia. It was no coincidence that the book was extraordinarily prescient. Brzezinski, like so many geo-political establishment intellectuals often broadcasts Elite visions under a predictive and softly critical narrative. The intent is to broadcast formulas to the faithful and engage a populist understanding of the principles and their future objectives. And by “populist” we mean not just the public but those who may be termed the worker bees in the hive mind of the global Establishment.  Between Two Ages served to ignite the fuse of a Technocracy, the seeds of which were planted in another era of economic depression and ready to download directly into our minds. Brzezinski writes: “In the technetronic society the trend would seem to be towards the aggregation of the individual support of millions of uncoordinated citizens, easily within the reach of magnetic and attractive personalities effectively exploiting the latest communications techniques to manipulate emotions and control reason.” [4]

between two agesWe are already immersed in the “ether” of radio, micro and now Wi-Fi waves * indicating that not only is this foundation for a Technocracy present, it is accelerating exponentially. For this growth to continue unabated, Brzezinski posits another future scenario that has come to pass, involving: “… the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values (of Liberty). Soon it will be possible to assert almost continuous surveillance over every citizen and maintain up-to-date complete files containing even the most personal information about the citizen. These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities.” [5]

He warns us with apparent gravitas:

“Another threat, less overt but no less basic, confronts liberal democracy. More directly linked to the impact of technology, it involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled and directed society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite whose claim to political power would rest on allegedly superior scientific knowhow. Unhindered by the restraints of traditional liberal values, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public behavior and keeping society under close surveillance and control. Under such circumstances, the scientific and technological momentum of the country would not be reversed but would actually feed on the situation it exploits.” [6]

There are two ways in which this Technocracy is being implemented both of which naturally intersect:

1) Economics and energy

2) Surveillance and state controls.

In the first instance, the energy issue is being promoted and reorganized via the digital automation of SMART technologies. The US Department of Energy defines these technologies as: “… an electrical grid that uses computers and other technology to gather and act on information, such as information about the behaviours of suppliers and consumers, in an automated fashion to improve the efficiency, reliability, economics, and sustainability of the production and distribution of electricity.” [7]A similar grid is underway in Europe under “SMART Grids European Technology Platform.” [8]

America’s old and out-dated power grid is ready for an overhaul and the SMART Grid technology will mean the installation of digital meters in each home and business and 24hr monitoring of energy consumption that goes with it. What SMART means in this context is that there can be communication with other related devices within the home to relay support data information without any contact with the customer. Rather like Homeland Security and its agencies, The SMART Grid Task Force “… is responsible for coordinating standards development, guiding research and development projects, and reconciling the agendas of a wide range of stakeholders.” [9]

SMART Grid technology is big money and represents a revolution, particularly in telecommunications and energy. In 2010, the countries investing the most in SMART grid systems were China at $7.32 billion, closely followed by the United States $7.09 billion, Japan at $807 million with Spain, South Korea, France, United Kingdom, Germany, Australia and Brazil all spending millions on transforming their societies’ infrastructure. [10]

Like so much of the post-911, military-corporate infrastructure outsourced both home and abroad, the Department of Energy’s mandate to push ahead with this overhaul did not get Congressional hearing. From October 2009 – January 2010 SMART grid project funding ear-marked for 183 projects in 43 states totalled $3.4 billion thanks to the Obama Administration picking up where the Bush Administration left off with the creation of The Office of Electricity Delivery in 2003. The Department of Energy’s press release gives details of what this will mean for the average electricity consumer:

  • More than 850 sensors called “Phasor Measurement Units” to monitor the overall power grid nationwide
  • 200,000 SMART transformers
  • 700 auto­mated sub­stations (about 5 per cent of the nation’s total)
  • 1,000,000 in-home displays
  • 345,000 load control devices in homes [11]

smartgridvillageThe SmartHouse/SmartGrid Vision c/o The 7th Framework Programme funded European Research and Technological Development from 2007 until 2013 Link: http://www.smarthouse-smartgrid.eu/index.php?id=245


Systems theory and cybernetics had always been attractive to technocrats as a web of relationships that facilitate economic and social control. “The Web of Life” concept of interdependence and interrelatedness of all things within ecological systems was taken on by a number of ecologists and New Age seers. The concept of equilibrium and balance was in fact, determined by vastly unpredictable and creative confluence of non-linear principles, which is why attempts to bottle such non-linear systems into a means of socio-economic control can never work. However, this is where the World Wide Web (WWW) and the Network of Things (NOT) comes in. It is essential to the mind-set who see people as numbers and assigned values to be moved around on a computer screen like a game of SIMS.

Sims3UnivLife

Ready to become part of a virtuality and SIMS-SMART?

With NOT, technocrats wish to bathe us in a sea of Wi-Fi waves, with cities and homes awash with wireless networks where automation rules. From your dimmer switch to powering your juicer; the garage door to the security code on the residential gates. No human intervention is necessary. With strict guidelines as to what they will be programming, the new armies of programmers will be told to download exactly what they want you to see and hear, changing it as they see fit and without your knowledge. If you refuse and wish to take it to an ombudsman or even a civil action, how are you going to watch your T.V. or eat your food if your utilities are switched off? Look at the nature of banking. When did you last see your bank manager or get a problem resolved whilst speaking to some low-wage slave in India you cannot understand? Distance is designed.

The SMART Grid is married to the Wi-Fi Alliance which is readying itself to implement Wi-Fi circuitry in every conceivable device in the home and business sector. It will operate in exactly the same way as Wi-Fi-enabled network modems and routers for personal computers to mobile phones currently being used by homes and businesses globally. Telecommunications electricity, and renewable energy resources will be functionally integrated into a system automatic provision, payment and monitoring. Gmail, i-Pod applications, your fridge and T.V. and the Wi-Fi “ether” that will activate them are ready to be absorbed into the SMART Grid where literally everything communicates with each other in a fully-automated, seamlessly connected world of man and machine.

And now, it means you can literally become part of the very fabric of SMART willingly and forever with electronic senors printed directly onto your skin… Oh, the convenience! Mike Orcutt of MIT’s Technology Review comments: “Such systems could be used to track health and monitor healing …” Sure. And if you fall on the wrong side of your friendly SMART government tracking and monitoring takes on a whole different meaning. But having your i-pad on your wrist as opposed to freedom of movement is clearly more important… More on this later. [12]

printable.skin_.electronics.2x299Now, you too can become SMART!

Another aspect of the Wi-Fi revolution that is not being talked about is the health effects of living our daily immersed in this type of constant radiation. There is a glut scientific, peer-reviewed papers out there which are unsurprisingly, barely receiving a whiff of recognition that they sorely deserve. Adverse biological effects from Wi-Fi signals, Wi-Fi enabled devices or Wi-Fi frequencies (2.4 or 5 GHz) have been complied by the UK campaign group Wi-Fi in Schools (You can visit them at http://www.wifiinschools.org.uk and print out as many as you like). The many examples of extensive research undertaken by University and independent scientific research institutes provides disturbing evidence across a broad range of experiments carried out on mice, rats and tadpoles.

Some of the findings included:

  • Immunohistopathologic demonstration of deleterious effects on growing rat testes of radiofrequency waves emitted from conventional Wi-Fi devices.
  • Decreases in human sperm motility and increases sperm DNA fragmentation from the use of laptop computers connected to internet through Wi-Fi.
  • Oxidative injury in rat testis and on oxidative stress in blood induced by 2.45-GHz radiation from wireless devices.WI-FI_ZONE_01
  • A provocation study using heart rate variability shows Negative effects on autonomic nervous system from microwave radiation from 2.4GHz cordless phone.
  • Wi-Fi electromagnetic fields exert gender related alterations on EEG
  • 2.45-Gz wireless devices induce oxidative stress and proliferation through cytosolic Ca2+ influx in human leukemia cancer cells.
  • Microwave Irradiation-Induced Oxidative Stress Affects Implantation or Pregnancy in Mice
  • Cognitive impairment in rats was shown after long-term exposure to GSM-900 mobile phone radiation.
  • Stimulation of production of tumor necrosis when exposed in vivo and in vitro to weak electromagnetic waves in the centimeter range
  • Nerve cell damage in mammalian brain after exposure to microwaves from GSM mobile phones. [Source: wifiinschools.org.uk]


Bearing in mind that 16v/m is the average level of exposure for these experiments and that when using a Wi-Fi-enabled tablet computer we can be exposed to electromagnetic fields up to 16V/m. This is only the beginning of research into these areas but the evidence for serious problems on the subtle layers of our biological and neurological make-up is already overwhelming. If we don’t put the brakes on for the health issues alone, then we will be looking at generations with behavioural difficulties, infertility, impaired cognitive ability and an epidemic of endemic brain tumours.

As smartphones begin to rain down from the technocratic ether, the most convincing evidence that mobile phones are causing brains tumours in the young has arrived from Dr. Boian Alexandrov from the Centre for Nonlinear Studies at Los Alamos National Laboratory in New Mexico. His team have shown that terahertz (THz) waves gradually destroy human DNA which is fairly terminal for the human race. Since chips broadcasting THz waves are being considered for use in mobile phones as imaging systems tool across this SMART society and THZ scanner technology is already being used by the TSA at most of our airports, the question as to whether there are any health issues concerning terahertz technologies seems unimportant as the great wave of innovation roars ahead.

The medical establishment is encouraging the use for operations in which scanning will prove highly useful for otherwise invasive procedures while “exciting” innovations in consumer freedom will allow us all to see through objects and walls to find our lost car keys should we choose to buy into the gadget craze. Dr. Alexandrov and his team’s ground-breaking study (among others)  is lurking in the background as a minor impediment to the euphoria of “progress.” His team discovered that exposure to THz radiation builds cumulatively and affects human and animal tissue DNA, effectively “unzipping” the DNA molecule. In their paper ‘DNA Breathing Dynamics in the Presence of a Terahertz Field,’ Alexandrov et al conclude:

“We consider the influence of a terahertz field on the breathing dynamics of double-stranded DNA. We model the spontaneous formation of spatially localized openings of a damped and driven DNA chain, and find that linear instabilities lead to dynamic dimerization, while true local strand separations require a threshold amplitude mechanism. Based on our results we argue that a specific terahertz radiation exposure may significantly affect the natural dynamics of DNA, and thereby influence intricate molecular processes involved in gene expression and DNA replication.” [13]

So, if we continue to breathe in the SMART hype, we’ll soon see where the real growth lies.

 


* “Wi-Fi is a popular technology that allows an electronic device to exchange data wirelessly (using radio waves) over a computer network, including high-speed Internet connections.

See also:

TruthStream’s  Forcing a Total, Saturated 5G Future… Without Safety Checks

5 Ways Smart Phones Are Dumbing People Down


Notes

[1] http://www.no2id.net/
[2] p.232; The Technocracy Study Source, by Howard Scott and M.King Hubbard, published by Technocracy Inc. 1940 edition.
[3] ‘China’s All-Seeing Eye’ By Naomi Klein, Rolling Stone, May 14, 2008.
[4] Between Two Ages: America’s Role in the Technetronic Era by Zbigniew Brzezinski 1970 / ISBN-10 0313234981 (p.11)
[5] Ibid.(p.97)
[6] Ibid. (p252-253).
[7] U.S. Department of Energy. ‘Smart Grid / Department of Energy’ http://energy.gov/oe/technology-development/smart-grid.
[8] http://www.smartgrids.eu”. smartgrids.eu. 2011.
[9] Smart grid: an introduction US State Department.
[10] http://www.zprymeconsulting.com
[11] ‘Smart Grid: The Implementation of Technocracy?’ By Patrick Wood, August Review 03 March 2010.
[12] ‘Electronic Sensors Printed Directly on the Skin’ MIT Tech, Mike Orcutt, March 11, 2013.
[13] ‘DNA Breathing Dynamics in the Presence of a Terahertz Field’ by B. S. Alexandrov, V. Gelev, A. R. Bishop, A. Usheva, K. O. Rasmussen. (Submitted on 28 Oct 2009) Biological Physics (physics.bio-ph); Computational Physics (physics.comp-ph) Journal reference: Physics Letters A, Volume 374, Issue 10, 2010. Abstract: We consider the influence of a terahertz field on the breathing dynamics of double-stranded DNA. We model the spontaneous formation of spatially localized openings of a damped and driven DNA chain, and find that linear instabilities lead to dynamic dimerization, while true local strand separations require a threshold amplitude mechanism. Based on our results we argue that a specific terahertz radiation exposure may significantly affect the natural dynamics of DNA, and thereby influence intricate molecular processes involved in gene expression and DNA replication.

World Revolution II: The Hive

“The human race will then become one family, and the world will be the dwelling of Rational Men.
.
– Adam Weishaupt
*

Continuing our look into the roots of the conspiracy coat-hanger of occult naughtiness: the Illuminati.

bee_on_honeycomb-1969pxIn the Weishaupt papers was a diagram which gives a fascinating insight into the megalomania of the professor and the structure of the Order, where emphasis is placed on the bee hive’s honeycomb system of organisation and it’s potential for secrecy and subterfuge, the same system upon which Communism and subsequent intelligence cells would operate. The fascination with bee symbolism was in evidence not only in freemasonry but in Royalty and in many ancient mystery cults. Once symbolising the ethics of cooperation, industriousness and mutual assistance the bee hive became the perfect representation of the Illuminati methods of concealment, the efficacy of the Hive Mind and group consciousness, this time working with materialist, scientific precision.

What is made clear in the papers is the perfection of such a template for espionage. If one hexagonal unit is discovered it can be temporarily lost or easily repaired without affecting the operations of the whole. At the centre of the diagram lies Weishaupt and written above in his own hand: “I have two immediately below me into whom I breathe my whole spirit, and each of these two has again two others, and so on. In this way I can set a thousand men in motion and on fire in the simplest manner, and in this way one must impart orders and operate on politics”. [1]

In 1777 Bavaria and Greater Germany had been host to a spread of Illuminism like fire in a corn-field. By then, France, Italy, Austria, Poland England and even America had succumbed to their influence:

In the third year of operation Weishaupt boasts to Zwack that they have more than a thousand initiates. … Knigge recruits an additional 500 … – mostly masons – very shortly after his initiation in 1780; and by the third edict against the Order the Illuminati were estimated to have between 2000 and 3000 members. [VS] John Robison compiles an interesting statistic concerning the different lodges and locations: Munich, Hesse (many), Ingolstadt, Buchenwerter, Frankfurt, Monpeliard, Eichstatt, Stuttgart (3), Hanover, Carlsruhe, Brunswick, Anspach, Calbe, Neuwied (2), Magdeburg, Mentz (2), Cassel, Poland (many), Osnabrueck, Turin, Weimar, England (8), Upper Saxony (several), Scotland (2), Austria (14), Warsaw (2), Westphalia (several), Deuxponts, Heidelberg, Cousel, Mannheim, Treves (2), Strasburg (5), Aix-la-Chappelle (2), Spire, Bartschied, Worms, Bahrenberg, Düsseldorf, Switzerland (many), Rome, Cologne, Naples, Hannibal, Bonn (4), Livonia (many), Ancona, Courland (many), Florence, Franken Dahl, France, Alsace (many), Holland (many), Vienna (4), Dresden (4), America (several). [4]

The extent of Weishaupt and the Illuminati’s reach can be seen in the governing principles and a detailed administrative plan comprising of Regents, Local Superiors, Provincials and National Directors. It was Weishaupt’s will that a National Director should reside in every country so that they may be: “… in direct communication with our Fathers, the first of whom holds the helm of the Order.” [5] (See below).

The documents show only a part of the area over which the Illuminati had spread, it is therefore reasonable to assume that Weishaupt was answerable to a director above him, another segment in the larger hive. Though judging by the ad hoc nature of Weishaupt’s feverish attempt to create the higher degrees, it seems the organisation may have taken on a momentum regardless. As we have seen, construction of the Order allowed for accidental detection which would damage only the segment in question without affecting the security of the whole. Thus, if there were higher directorates above Weishaupt which seems likely, then they were never discovered.

weishaupt

Professor Adam Weishaupt

I. The Nursery

  • 1. Preparatory Literary Essay
  • 2. Novitiate (Novice)
  • 3. Minerval (Brethren of Minerva, Academy of Illuminism)
  • 4. Illuminatus Minor

II. Symbolic Freemasonry

  • 1. Apprentice
  • 2. Fellow Craft
  • 3. Master
  • 4.  a. Scots Major Illuminatus | b. Scots Illuminatus Dirigens (Directory)

III. Mysteries

  • 1. Lesser
  • a. Presbyter, Priest, or Epopt  |  b. Prince or Regent
  • 2. Greater
  • a. Magus | b. Rex or King [6]

The aims, methods and organisation of the Order were all explained in the papers. It seems he preferred the label of “Illuminati” for his new network because of the “image of the sun radiating illumination to outer circles.” This was due to his desire for the Order to be updated into a cult of fire worship and: “… the whole philosophy of Zoroaster or of the old Parsees.” [7] Henceforth, the Order was always represented in correspondence between members as a circle with a dot in the centre, reflecting Weishaupt’s fascination with Eleusinian and Pythagorean Mysteries. [8]

What was clear from the correspondence between “Spartacus” and his brethren was that the established authority, nationhood and religion, must all be removed by all and any means necessary in order to make the way clear for a neo-feudal class of Elite citizens or “illuminates” who would then guide the world into a New Order or Golden era. Weishaupt states: “Princes and nations will disappear … Reason will be the only code of man”.

The elimination of nationhood and the Church was of primary importance to the Illuminati just as it is to so many globalist think-tanks and (not so) secret societies today. The channel by which Weishaupt was able to garner so much support was through his Machiavellian tactic of good intentions and the appearance of “progressive” ideas, a manoeuvre used to great effect today through the auspices of seemingly benign groups and individuals on the liberal-left who often act as a back-door of more oppressive policies. [9] Indeed, examples of Conservative and Neo-Conservative beliefs in numerous lobbying and think-tank outfits are obvious in their bullish, Leninist force, such as PNAC, National Endowment for Democracy, American Enterprise Institute etc.  But the more internationalist or liberal-left luminaries such as Amy Goodman, Juan Cole, Noam Chomsky or the late Howard Zinn act as effective gate-keepers of these beliefs – probably unconscious – which can often provide cover for strategies which have nothing to do with the betterment of humankind, socialist or otherwise. Just look at the ingredients put together to produce the Obamamania marketing …

(An example of this is an irrational dismissal of unanswered questions surrounding the events of September 11th World Trade Centre and Pentagon attacks. Zinn and Chomsky both refused to engage on one of the most obvious and ambitious false flag operations of modern times, preferring to believe in the official conspiracy theory that any high school student could see is woefully inadequate).

Methods of subversion were visited upon the Church in trail-blazing fashion. Weishaupt ensured the employment of methods to swell the numbers of clergy entering the lower ranks of the Illuminati, thus giving the impression of support for the Church. One of these methods was to make up the idea of “a secret doctrine” which Jesus had incorporated in the Gospels and which could be discerned by those who had sufficient perception. The idea was that the New Religion of science and reason would sit side by side with a New World Religion based around Nature and summarily replace Christianity: “… when at last Reason becomes the religion of man so will the problem be solved”. Francis Bacon couldn’t have said it better. In private the Illuminists were having a grand old time.

Before his falling out with Weishaupt, Baron von Knigge as “Philo” wrote:

Knigge_Freiherr

Adolph Franz Friedrich Ludwid Baron Von Knigge (1752 – 1796) Member of the Illuminati (wikipedia)

“We say then, Jesus wished to introduce no new religion, but only to restore natural religion and reason to their old rights … There are many passages in the Bible which can be made use of and explained, and so all quarrelling between the sects ceases if one can find a reasonable meaning in the teaching of Jesus, be it true or not … Now therefore that people see that we are the only real and true Christians, we can say a word more against priests and princes, but I have so managed that after previous tests I can receive pontiffs and kings in this degree. In the higher Mysteries we must then (a) disclose the pious fraud and (b) reveal from all writings the origin of all religious lies and their connexion…”

Spartacus: “You cannot imagine what sensation our Priest’s degree is arousing. The most wonderful thing is that great Protestant and reformed theologians who belong to Illuminism still believe that the religious teaching imparted in it contains the true and genuine spirit of the Christian religion. Oh, man, of what cannot you be persuaded! I never thought that I should become the founder of a new religion”. [10]

The God of Reason and the God of Nature was not only ideologically close to the precepts of radical materialism (Satanism) combined with a fusion of Judaic ideology over Marxist planning. The dismantling of organised, Christian religion was an essential part of that process just as it would be under Stalinism. Weishaupt was Jewish and these teachings were the illuminist creed. Does that mean the much loathed cliche of a Jewish conspiracy is true? There is no evidence that a high proportion of the Illuminati were Jewish or that the overriding goal was the imposition of a strictly Judaic form of occult subversion. What it does show that once again psychopaths and their sub-deviants used Judaism and some Jews as a very early as a tool for manipulation, as discussed. The Babylonian Kabbalah is an integral part of Jewish mysticism and freemasonic lore, so, it is not surprising that alternative offshoots like Illuminism had at their helm a Jew, since in the beginning standard freemasonry did not allow Jews into the order, except that is in the 19th Century with the emergence of the Order Of Zion.

To reiterate, the Bavarian Illuminati were like a masonic-terrorist group which disdained both religious and esoteric explorations. In Weishaupt’s Illuminism – perhaps oddly for some – there was no room at all for other forms of occultism, spiritualism, alchemy and any forms of “magic” suspicious as he was of Jesuit infiltration. Yet a mix of ancient Egyptian gods and goddesses Eleusis, fire worship, Zoroastrianism and Pythagorean thought he certainly favoured.

Progressing through the ranks of the Illuminati was akin to a process of mind control and brainwashing. Attaining wisdom or understanding didn’t feature, rather it was to be “remade into a totally loyal servant of a universal mission” and dare we say …”agent of change” on along revolutionary lines.[11] It was inferred that the novice would be under constant surveillance from his unknown superiors and was taught to inform on everyone around him, the logical conclusion being that his fellow Illuminists would be informing on him too. In this way trust was eroded in all things except the hierarchy of the Order. Terror was the teaching and application. In the end, he could trust no one. (Little wonder that such a template was introduced into the Russian Revolution to produce Stalinist Communism).

Everything possible was known about new recruits in order that they be “remade” and fixed to the path allotted to them without deviation. Blackmail, psychological warfare and exploitation featured heavily in Illuminist goals. Discovered with the papers were separate but related documents describing a variety of procedures, postulates, ideas and inventions, reading like a spy vs. spy rule-book. For the public of the day it was nothing less than macabre. This included the right to murder its own members if necessary; the description of a machine for the automatic destruction of secret papers; prescriptions for inducing abortion, the creation of poisonous perfumes, counterfeit seals and tracts in praise of atheism.[12]

The target to infiltrate and take over the Grand Orient Freemasonry was described in the Weishaupt papers in sufficient detail. He wrote: “I have succeeded in obtaining a profound glimpse into the secrets of the Freemasons; I know their whole aim and shall impart it all at the right time in one of the higher degrees”. With an almost gleeful rubbing of the hands Weishaupt instructs his Illuminist agents to “cover” themselves with Freemasonic principles the forerunner to being “undercover” as used in later communist espionage and counter-espionage activities. It remained the key principle of the Illuminati appropriation of freemasonry.

The director continued:

“If only the aim is achieved, it does not matter under what cover it takes place; and a cover is always necessary. For in concealment lies a great part of our strength. For this reason we must always cover ourselves with the name of another society. The lodges that are under Freemasonry are in the meantime the most suitable cloak for our high purpose . . . a society concealed in this manner cannot be worked against. . . In case of a prosecution or of treason the superiors cannot be discovered. . . We shall be shrouded in impenetrable darkness from spies and emissaries of other societies”. [13]

Prince Karl of the Royal House of Hesse and his membership of the Illuminati provided vital channels through which the Illuminati could flow, including the twin duchies and Office of Regent of Schleswig-Holstein and further links to the Danish court via his wife the Princess of Denmark, Mary Hanover and the King of Denmark and Frederik V Oldenburg. His associates were found in the British East India Co. and also included Mayer Amschel Rothschild and his son Nathan Mayer Rothschild. The House of Hesse would go from strength to strength harbouring Illuminati principles well into the future.

An even greater coup came from Ferdinand, Duke of Brunswick, and freemasonry’s Grand Master of the Order of Strict Observance, who had joined the Illuminati after he had convened the most important Congress of the 18th Century. He was to realise his mistake over ten years later in that he had unwittingly unleashed a pathogen within the ranks of freemasonry. In 1794 he expressed his shock and sadness at being duped by instigators of the French Revolution and the need to “cut out to the roots the abuse and error” which he had allowed to infect the Order. A momentous decision to dissolve the most powerful body within Freemasonry would commence:

Historisch-genealogischer-Kalender-Berlin_MG_9033.tif

Duke Ferdinand of Brunswick-Wolfenbüttel

“…. We see our edifice crumbling and covering the ground with ruins; we see destruction that our hands no longer arrest… A great sect arose, which taking for its motto the good and the happiness of man, worked in the darkness of the conspiracy to make the happiness of humanity a prey for itself. This sect is known to everyone; its brothers are known no less than its name. It is they who have undermined the foundations of the Order to the point of complete overthrow; it is by them that all humanity has been poisoned and led astray for several generations … They began by casting odium on religion … the plan they had formed for breaking all social ties and destroying all order was revealed in all their speeches and acts … they recruited apprentices of every rank and in every position; they deluded the most perspicacious men by falsely alleging different intentions … Their masters had nothing less in view than the thrones of the earth, and the government of the nations was to be directed by their nocturnal clubs. This is what has been done and is still being done. But we notice that princes and people are unaware how and by what means this is being accomplished. That is why we say to them in all frankness: the misuse of our Order … has produced all the political and moral troubles with which the world is filled today. You who have been initiated, you must join yourselves with us in raising your voices, so as to teach peoples and princes that the sectarians, the apostates of our Order, have alone been and will be the authors of present and future revolutions … So as to cut out to the roots the abuse and error, we must from this moment dissolve the whole Order…” [14]

Meantime, the events which led up to this point had seen the creation of Jacobin clubs by Illuminist agents who were the driving force of cruel executions and various atrocities which came to be known by the generic title of the “Great Terror”. There seems little doubt that the Illuminati was at the root of the French Revolution and the destruction that followed. This was known well before the fire of “revolution” raged out of control.

In 1789 the journalist and essayist Marquis Jean-Pierre de Luchet published his Essai sur la secte des Illuminés, denouncing the leaders of the Bavarian Illuminati, their control of freemasonry in Europe and in particular his native home of France. His predictions were perhaps one of the most accurate appraisals of the events that were to follow:

“Learn that there exists a conspiracy in favour of despotism against liberty, of in capacity against talent; of vice against virtue, of ignorance against enlightenment … This society aims at governing the world … Its object is universal domination … No such calamity has ever yet afflicted the world …” […] “Deluded people. You must understand that there exists a conspiracy in favor of despotism, and against liberty, of incapacity against talent, of vice against virtue, or ignorance against light! … Every species of error which afflicts the earth, every half-baked idea, every invention serves to fit the doctrines of the Illuminati … The aim is universal domination.”  [15]

The actions of Comte de Mirabeau, a close associate and confidante of Weishaupt,  provided compelling evidence that the French Revolution was planned and initiated by Illuminati mind control and Jacobean muscle. This was no natural uprising of a disgruntled peasantry and exploited workers – that was largely a romantic myth. Mirabeau’s philosophy of secular upheaval and universal revolution were enlisted for the Illuminist cause and proved to be extremely effective.

As an “outstanding orator” in the National Assembly who used “evocative language” to popularise Illuminist concepts, he was able to swell membership and indoctrinate many high level power-brokers in Paris. He was a member of the Jacobin Club and had a directorial hand in the encouragement of the horrors themselves. It was no coincidence that the incendiary language he used included the invention of phrases which passed into bloody history such as “revolutionary,” “counter-revolution”,  “counter-revolutionary and “The Great Revolution.” [16]

Honoré-Gabriel_Riqueti,_marquis_de_Mirabeau

Honoré Gabriel Riqueti, comte de Mirabeau

Mirabeau used the Illuminati’s embryonic techniques of propaganda and emotional trigger words, the equivalent of what is now known as psychological training in perception management, Neuro-Linguistic Programming (NLP) and other forms of mind manipulation now used so extensively by the Establishment. Essentially, Mirabeau was a powerful spellbinder. You might say that he was an earlier incarnation of that much loathed figure and ultra-hypocrite Tony Blair whose oratory and persuasive appeals to the emotions managed to sway the more gullible members of parliament and public alike, regardless of the facts.

As is often the case with such people, the Count had been plagued by financial irregularities and spells in prison and had even worked as a secret agent long before he met Weishaupt. [17] His travels in Germany and fascination for the Prussian monarchy as well his own, culminated in his treatise: De la monarchie prussienne sous Frédéric le Grand (1788)  written with assistance of a Brunswick friend, Jakob Mauvillon.

In it Weishaupt and the Illuminati are mentioned by name:

“The Lodge Theodore de Bon Conseil at Munich, where there were a few men with brains and hearts, was tired of being tossed about by the vain promises and quarrels of Masonry. The heads resolved to graft on to their branch another secret association to which they gave the name of the Order of the Illuminés. They modelled it on the Society of Jesus, whilst proposing to themselves views diametrically opposed.” [18]

Drawing our attention to the fact that the above methods penned by Mirabeau matched perfectly with Weishaupt’s own correspondence, author and journalist Douglas Reed details a convergence of proof which suggests that had both been working together to unseat freemasonry and inaugurate a New Revolutionary Order, at least at the time of his writing in 1776, well over a decade before the revolution.

Reed explains:

“… his words suggest that the secret society of the Illuminati was founded with the express intention of gaining control of Freemasonry and of instigating and directing revolution through it. That Mirabeau was party to the whole undertaking from the start is suggested by the fact that the memoir of 1776 (the year in which the Illuminati were founded) ascribes to him the Illuminist “cover-name” of Arcesilas, so that he must have been a founder member, with Adam Weishaupt, and a leading Illuminate thereafter. Mirabeau, as the link between Weishaupt and the French Revolution, cannot be ignored. The editor of his Memoirs, M. Barthou, remarks that the “plan of reform” of 1776, found among Mirabeau’s papers, “resembles very much in certain parts the work accomplished later by the Constituent Assembly” (the revolutionary parliament of 1789). That is another way of saying that the work of the Constituent Assembly very much resembled Adam Weishaupt’s plan of 1776, when he and Mirabeau together were founding the Illuminati and planning together to gain control of Freemasonry.” [19]

It is highly probable that Weishaupt merely picked up the baton of occult belief circulating at the time and reinvented it according to his own pathologically narcissistic designs. As to whether he had “orders” from a group of Rosicrucian superiors remains probable, the House of Rothschild offered up as probable suspects by many authors. [20]Once freemasonry was co-opted with their enormous influence within the Establishment then it was only a matter of time before culture itself helped to sweep away the footprints of the Illuminati.

Though formed as a reaction against the Age of Enlightenment and the onset of the Industrial Revolution, the Romantic Movement was greatly influenced by the French Revolution. Poets such as Shelly, Byron, Coleridge and Wordsworth all latched onto the ideals of “Liberty, Equality, and Fraternity” while choosing to ignore the Reign of Terror that followed in its wake. Come what may, this was to be an icon of a new dawn for those exploited workers who had suffered for so long. In the words of 19th Century historian Albert E. Hancock: “… the promise of a brighter day, the promise of regenerated man and regenerated earth. It was hailed with joy and acclamation by the oppressed, by the ardent lovers of humanity, by the poets, whose task it is to voice the human spirit.” [21]

This yearning to be free from the shackles of the psychopaths was a natural enough expression but it served to whitewash over the truth once again.

 


Notes

[1] Adam Weishaupt: A Human Devil by Gerald B. Winrod, Editor of The Defender Wichita, Kansas, 1935, Second Prim in j. Fourth Thousand.
[2] op. cit. Melanson. [Zoroastrianism: founded by the Prophet Zoroaster in ancient Iran approximately 3500 years ago and is seen as the first monotheistic religion. “Zoroaster was thus the first to teach the doctrines of an individual judgment, Heaven and Hell, the future resurrection of the body, the general Last Judgment, and life everlasting for the reunited soul and body. These doctrines were to become familiar articles of faith to much of mankind, through borrowings by Judaism, Christianity and Islam; yet it is in Zoroastrianism itself that they have their fullest logical coherence….” Mary Boyce, Zoroastrians: Their Religious Beliefs and Practices (London: Routledge and Kegan Paul, 1979 p.29]
[3] pp.94-95; Fire In the Minds of Men: Origins of the Revolutionary Faith, by James H. Billington, 1980 | ‘Illuminati Conspiracy Part One: Exegesis on the Available Evidence’ by Terry Melanson, Aug. 5th, 2005.
[4] Ibid.
[5] op. cit. Barruel (p.565)
[6] ‘Illuminati Conspiracy Part One: A Precise Exegesis on the Available Evidence’ by Terry Melanson, Aug. 5th, 2005.
[7] Ibid.
[8] Ibid.
[9 op. cit. Webster (p.217)
[10] op. cit. Webster (p.219)
[11] Op. cit. Billington; (p.94)
[12] http://www.bavarian-illuminati.info
[13] Op. cit. Webster (p.219)
[14] op. cit. Reed (p.138)
[15] Essai sur la secte des Illuminés, Paris, 1789. By Jean Pierre Louis de, Marquis de Luchet.
[16] op. cit. Billington (pp.17-20)
[17] ‘Honoré-Gabriel Riqueti, comte de Mirabeau’ Encyclopaedia Britannica.
[18] De la monarchie prussienne sous Frédéric le Grand (1788) “The Prussian Monarchy Under Frederick the Great” by Honoré-Gabriel Riqueti, comte de Mirabeau.
[19] Op. cit. Reed (p.148)
[20] Some believe that Weishaupt was commissioned by the Rothschilds to update the mystery schools and inject new energy into the ancient goals of global conquest. No concrete evidence has as yet, been forthcoming. See: Terrorism and the Illuminati By David Livingston; Bloodlines of the Illuminati by Fritz Springmeier; The Rothschilds: The Financial Rulers of Nations by John Reeves; Illuminati: Fact or Fiction by Mark Dice and The Rise of the House of Rothschild By Egon Caesar Corti.
[21] p.7, 45-79; The French Revolution and the English Poets: A Study in Historical Criticism. New York: Henry Holt and Company, 1899.

 

World Revolution I

By M.K. Styllinski

 “Do you realize sufficiently what it means to rule – to rule in a secret society? Not only over the lesser or more important of the populace, but over the best of men, over men of all ranks, nations, and religions, to rule without external force, to unite them indissolubly, to breathe one spirit and soul into them, men distributed over all parts of the world? … And finally, do you know what secret societies are? What a place they occupy in the great kingdom of the world’s events? Do you think they are unimportant, transitory appearances?”

Adam Weishaupt, Nachtrag von weitern Originalschriften, II


cultofoccult_cover_cultofoccultOccult games of the Elite. (Yawn).

It is almost impossible to do justice to such an immense spider’s web of control; these interrelated connections that seek to herd the global population into their pre-designed pens of cultural mediocrity and spiritual stasis. I may not reach a comprehensive overview, but I hope to synthesise a few topics to give at least an accessible snapshot of the psychopath’s footprints in the snow, as he happily trudges across the ever-freezing landscape of our collective conscience.

In terms of ponerology and its patterns, it is hoped that from the background given in previous posts we can begin to see things from the perspective of the psychopaths who persistently seek positions of influence at the micro and macro-social levels. The creation of beliefs, ideologies and religions can be seen in this light, paired down to the essential principle: a predator species within the human family which strives to find ever more ingenious ways to corral those with the potential for an active conscience and creativity. Or in spiritual terms: the capacity to develop their higher centres – possibly quite absent in the psychopath. Their world is subjectivity, entropy, exclusive desire and domination at any cost. If we can begin to see this complex dynamics of social chaos through the lens of ponerology (the scientific study of the nature of evil within institutions of power) then we will be well placed to absorb the implications of what follows.

The by-product of these individuals who presume to rule over us is an Official Culture of environmental destruction, continual cycles of economic disparity and the wars and debt slavery needed to keep a wholly iniquitous global financial architecture in place. Some of these individuals are conscious only of their rapacious desires to trap and feed, others are wholly aware of their place in the scheme of things; that they are a different minority and have set about ensuring plans for perpetual dominance. To that end, an overarching and compartmentalised conspiracy of social engineering does exist which needs only the slightest tweak here and there, since our culture runs on social norms which are anything but. Rather than a plan of one racial grouping, culture or belief system it is a conspiracy of the psychopath and his lesser nodes of pathological influence at work that is behind most of the seemingly intractable problems currently facing our world.

The dynamic of divide and rule operates at almost every level of society taking advantage of our fragile egos. Official Culture makes us emotional machines constantly shoring up our insecurities about our place in society and whether or not we fit into our peer group and its herd instinct. We can see this conformity at the local pub or in the hallowed halls of academia. (Who needs a conspiracy when self censorship rules?) For all our intellectual prowess we are still in the sand-pit when it comes to discerning how easily our emotions can be played time and time again like an atonal concertina.

permanent-revolution

 Revolution of the people or the subversion of genuine discontent? | © infrakshun

Members of our Global Establishment who take such a keen interest in our predictable behaviours fall into three distinct groupings which necessarily over lap. These will be explored later in the series. Though Zionism is one of the most effective tools of psychopathy, it is not the only political ideology to be employed within the Establishment. We will also see how the revolution meme has been used not as means for freedom for the proletariat or the oppressed but to let loose new forces of oppression; to distract from the growing knowledge of psychopaths in our midst. With pre-emptive, “coloured” revolutions, old structures break down only to be replaced by new ones with the same owners, crushing the destiny of ordinary men and women and replacing it with their own.

It was no coincidence that there were two major streams of socio-political influence at the turn of the 19th century: Zionism and Communism. The former aimed at solving the Jewish diaspora and the furtherance of extremists elements within of Jewish ideology by the creation of a Nation State as dictated by the religious imperialism; the latter designed to facilitate the dismantling of the nation state and the creation of collectivism care of Russian-Jewish Bolshevism. A Russian hammer came crashing down on the Zionist anvil and Wall St. Corporatism provided the financial means to make it happen. The common root to both was the concept of World Revolution and the carefully crafted idea that it was sourced from the spontaneous uprising of the common man against his oppressor. In reality, such genuine anger and outrage was either extinguished or channelled into a useful political tool for the Elite. Accordingly, the French revolution was not the result of a spontaneous uprising of peasantry against their evil oppressors and which ushered true humanitarian principles and egalitarian harmony, rather, it was planned and engineered by a small group of individuals designed to be the many precursors to a global revolution drawn from a considerably older occult doctrine. In Lord Acton’s words: “The appalling thing in the revolution is not the tumult but the design. Through all the fire and smoke we perceive the evidence of calculating organization. The Managers remain studiously concealed and masked but there is no doubt about their presence from the first”. [1]

It has since become fixed in the minds of many in our present age who believe they are the descendants of those same men. Communism was its inheritor. The English Revolution (1640) the French Revolution (1789) and the Russian revolution (1917) all seemed to follow the same process, which will culminate in the last and final stage of a Global Revolution, the signs of which are never more apparent. The revolution in Russia became a political party, operating in all countries under orders from a central headquarters in Moscow. Though the instigators were a combination of American industrialists and Eastern Jews it enabled a much greater understanding as to who might be behind the first two revolutions. The Elite grouping of the Round Table used the same mechanism by which they would fund both sides and reap the benefits, something which had been perfected in South Africa of 1899 and the onset of the Boer War. Each revolution created immense change in the socio-political nature of “developed” nations irrevocably changing direction away from true civil rights and spiritual autonomy and toward the power of Statism and government control, regardless of whether conservative, fascist, socialist, libertarian or endless variations on a theme were dominating.

Many thousands of books have been written on the socio-political streams which have coursed through the veins of the West, sewn into the fabric of various Empires and the shrouds they cast over foreign cultures. What has remained unchanging is the presence of occult membership at the highest levels. Persecution and conquest has adapted with technocratic efficiency and emerged as inverted totalitarianism, where the global plunder of international banking still partners corporatism and deep politics. One of the primary sources of this tragic state of affairs is drawn from the crystallising of a singular perception which occurred more than three hundred years ago. It was accompanied by an undoubted surge of intellectual virtuosity, artistic creativity and “illumination.”

However, the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow wasn’t what it seemed.

91492-004-335E6675

Renowned thinkers of the Age of Reason or Enlightenment – also many members of Illuminism – meet to discuss The French Encyclopédie,a primary work of the period. The Catholic Church came under particular attack form the new rationalists.

Illuminism and Enlightenment

The discovery of a secret society called the Illuminati in the late 18th Century is well-known to any Dan Brown fan (apparently they exist in abundance) though its history is far from fictional. It has been the designated dark crucible for all manner of nefarious activities down through the centuries. What is far more likely is that it was an off-shoot of a deeper more esoteric stronghold that has remained entirely unknown. Its presence was the result of a germination of ideas which took place within a cultural milieu which saw intellect and reason as the new science, where individuals such as Francis Bacon, Decartes and Newton had forged a mighty edifice upon which an “Age of Enlightenment” could rest. At the turn of the 18th Century individuals such as Voltaire, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, David Hume, Immanuel Kant, Emanuel Swedenborg and the great Johann Wolfgang von Goethe were just some of its pioneers. [2]

Many of these men were immersed in alchemy or some form of occultism laced with Synarchist and Elitist views. That is not to say that these men were somehow aligned with evil intent. Many Rosicrucian and Illuminati followers were sincerely driven by service to others. Many of the finest romantic writers of the 18th century were influenced by Rosicrucian/Illuminati themes including that of Percy Bysshe Shelley who struggled with arcane principles of alchemy, sexual androgyny, anarchism, deism and atheism. He was acutely aware of the incendiary nature of these themes and the ever-present danger of inversion.

The idea of Revolution was of paramount importance and represented a new paradigm which embraced science, philosophy and the nature of man and the universe. It was a period which saw both destructive and creative forces at work, in secret and in public, which would determine the direction of Western power-brokers giving rise to some of the latter day corporate, occult, military and geo-political think-tanks currently shaping the future. It is this Revolutionary period that saw the emergence of so many key thinkers which would lay the foundation of many of our greatest theories in the realm of science and sociology. The British Thomas Robert Malthus and the German-born George Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel, and his “Hegelian Dialectic” were two important visionaries. These were two of the men that would contribute to a rising belief placing  feudalism and elite rule at the centre of the revolutionary ideal, achieved under cover of working class emancipation.

As a reaction to this subterfuge, anarchism was both a philosophy and practical template for genuine social freedom. The movement was able to see through the monstrosity of a co-opted revolution before it was fatally subverted by governments into a form of class war terrorism. Anarchism today is still used to denote chaos and disorder when its original meaning was anything but. [3 ] While Illuminism was perceived by some as a high-brow branch of anarchism within, it was an entirely different beast, using Establishment principles and false dichotomies to offer something even more diabolical than Statism.

illuminati-angels-demons-6

Promotional poster for the Film Angels and Demons (2009) based on Dan Brown’s book of the same name. A surge in interest about the Illuminati or “The Perfectibilitists” – likely an offshoot of Rosicrucianism – it has been encouraged by the entertainment industry.  As a possible insulating cover for the global occult body this is always a useful diversion as awareness grows concerning such fraternities.

The Illuminati is now seen as a product of pop culture though its influence appears vastly underestimated in contemporary political and historical discourse, despite being at the heart of the Enlightenment and quite possibly its primary sponsor. That said, in no way was this the primary source of elite control. It is much more likely that the flowering of Illuminism, while influential was a somewhat temporary Bavarian offshoot (possibly from Rosicrucian influences) let loose by design as further cover for a small group of pathocrats who did manage to influence the Western world in secrecy. The Priory of Sion mythology works in a similar way and indeed any secret society that just happens to become notorious and popularised is in all probability the furthest away from the core nexus of control. By maintaining a constant deflection from the true source, which is probably made up over only score of members at the most, the more conspiratorial mythology the better hence a steady stream of red herrings delivered to pop culture. The Weishauptian Illuminati is no different.

Evidence is clear from his relationship with Baron Adolph Freiherr Knigge that the structure of initiation within Illuminism was very much a bespoke affair and whose influence was destined to flare up and die quite quickly, at least in its formal structure, such as it was.[4]It was for this reason that it was a possible adjunct to a more subtle and measured influence from a global occult collective which remains unknown to this day. The core group of illuminism may certainly have had key agents from this occult fraternity tasked with setting the Illuminati ball rolling until such time the momentum lessened and a new vehicle could be found to initiate other forms of change. This is the nature of such change that in no way does it draw attention to itself. For this reason is a red herring. Nonetheless, it proves an instructive segment of the ceremonial psychopathic mind and one path of its trajectory. Certainly, Illuminism philosophy remains a strong factor in the present Three Establishment Model.

Set against this huge wave of change, a fortuitous event occurred which would blow wide open the nature of Illuminism and its apparently considerable hold on high society at the time. In 1785 a messenger, en route from Frankfurt-on-the-Main to Paris, was struck by lightning. Discovered on the dead body was a paper written by entitled, “The Original Shift in Days of Illumination,” the contents describing the future goal for “the New World Order through Revolution”. On the charred body, other papers also showed correspondence between an individual named “Spartacus” and the “Areopagites” which revealed the same plans for world-revolution which bore a striking resemblance to communism wrapped in occult symbolism. Two other Illuminist leaders were searched and similar papers were found which detailed the same theories for control.

“Spartacus” was eventually revealed to be one Professor Adam Weishaupt and the “Areopagites” his closest associates in the order. The Bavarian government had no doubt that the documents found from the lightning strike were authentic they allowed them to be open to inspection at the archives in Munich. There has been nothing to suggest they were fraudulent, before or since. Weishaupt was the dean of the faculty of law at the University of Ingolstadt when he founded the Illuminati, (plural of Latin illuminatus, “enlightened”) on May 1, 1776. He did so with a membership of just five, two of whom were Anton Von Massenhausen, Counsellor of the fiscal authority, Munich and known as “Ajax” and Envoy in Regensburg, Max Edler Von Merz, Envoy in Regensburg known as “Tiberius.” [5]

Schooled and brought up by the Jesuits he studied every subject he could lay his hands on and though he hated everything they stood for, he was to adopt many of their methods of organisation and secrecy. By 1777, Weishaupt had been initiated into Freemasonry, in Munich, at the Lodge Theodore of Good Counsel and by the summer of 1779, it was effectively under the control of the Order of Perfectibilists which later changed to the Order of the Illuminati. It was the influence of Hesse-Cassel family’s patriarch Baron von Knigge that the Illuminati were able to extend its infection throughout he ranks of high-level freemasonry. With the initiation of the Baron into the Order, an influx of new blood was prepared. At the time of the July 16, Masonic Congress of Wilhelmsbad in Hanau, Hesse-Cassel, chaired by “Ferdinand, Duke of Brunswick, Grand Master of the Order of Strict Observance Writer Alfred G. Mackey wrote in the Encyclopedia of Freemasonry that: “… there were delegates from Upper and Lower Germany, from Holland, Russia, Italy, France, and Austria,” with the Baron Von Knigge representing the Order of the Illuminati, and it was: “… therefore surprising that the most heterogeneous opinions were expressed.” [6]

After returning from the Congress one freemason expressed his view common to many within the fraternity at the time: that there was a real threat of subversion to something entirely different to the Christian-based freemasonic principles that followed. The Comte de Virieu from a lodge at Lyon, France exclaimed: “I will not confide them to you. I can only tell you that all this is very much more serious than you think. The conspiracy which is being woven is so well thought out that it will be, so to speak, impossible for the monarchy and the Church to escape from it.” And according to the biographer of Virieu, when he subsequently referred to freemasonry he could only speak it “with horror.” [7]

Minerval_insignia

This is the original insignia of the Bavarian Illuminati. It pictures the owl of Minerva – symbolising wisdom – on top of an opened book. This version of the owl comes from an early pamphlet, printed around 1776. (wikipedia)

In 1785 the Duke of Bavaria issued an edict against the Illuminati, declaring the military, government officials, teachers, students – more or less everyone – were forbidden from joining the secret society followed by a ban on secret societies in general if they hadn’t officially registered their secretive nature, which probably defeated the whole object of the exercise. Once the edict was known more records would have been ordered destroyed or at least placed in very safe-keeping from prying eyes. Illuminism went deeply underground.

It was 1786, the year that the Bavarian government seized papers concerning Adam Weishaupt’s society of Illuminati and raided the dwellings of Weishaupt’s chief associates. The papers were subsequently published in 1787 revealing an overarching plan for world revolution which would see the destruction of religion, nation states and democratic governance. The existence of the Illuminati or “illumined minds” was well known to authorities in Germany before 1786, both in the Britain and later a little later in the US.

The political movement of Jacobinism came under suspicion of being part of Illuminist designs with their bid to restore the Stuart King James II of England and his heirs to the thrones of England, Scotland and Ireland. As the Jacobites were fervently against parliamentary interference with monarchical succession it was believed that all manner of means and alliances would be at their disposal, which indeed they were. “They were accused by French Freemasons of converting Masonic rituals and titles into political support for this restoration” and providing the creation of a new Scottish rite of freemasonry by King James himself. [8]

The Illuminati papers themselves amounted to the same Existential Satanism which is so prevalent in today’s Intel-military and corporate occultism. This includes reason and science as the only arbiter of reality; the destruction of the Christian Church and nationhood and some counter-intelligence and propaganda techniques which intelligence agencies the world over would have been proud. Henry Martin offered this commentary regarding what Weishaupt was proposing in his grand plan to re-shape the world:

… the end of Illuminism the abolition of property, social authority, nationality, and the return of the human race to the happy state in which it formed only a single family without artificial needs, without useless sciences, every father being priest and magistrate. Priest of we know not what religion, for in spite of their frequent invocations of the God of Nature, many indications lead us to conclude that Weishaupt had, like Diderot and d’Holbach, no other God than Nature herself. From his doctrine would naturally follow German ultra-Hegelianism and the system of anarchy recently developed in France, of which the physiognomy suggests a foreign origin.” [9] [Emphasis mine]

Anarchy, pantheism, science, (but no pseudo-science) the end of the nation state and a return to family and implied community.  Sounds great to me. However, that wasn’t the whole picture.

Illuminsm was very far from true anarchy in that it had a monumental streak of elitism running through it, not least the obvious core principles of what would later incarnate as Cultural Marxism; a ruthless Machiavellian deceit and possibly the first organised use of terror and blackmail.

Despite Weishaupt’s protestations, his brotherhood was an example of precisely the kind of occultism he apparently disliked. Contradictions abound as is the always the case with such movements. Martin and many others since have suggested that Weishaupt may not have been the inventor of the movement but merely an elevated facilitator which seems probable judging by the recurring nature of the themes. Martin also picked up on the paganism and praise of the “Absolute;” or God of Matter so much a part – not just of Satanism – but the paths to an Eco-Fascism so dominant in Elite and British-German aristocracy.

 


Notes

[1] p. 97; Lord Acton: Lectures on the French Revolution.
[2] Goethe, Johann Wolfgang von (1749-1832) was a member of the Illuminati known as “Abaris”. Chief advisor to Karl August, Duke of Saxon-Weimar; poet, playwright, novelist, philosopher, painter, composer, scientist, economist, sociologist, politician with famous friends, colleagues and acquaintances which span all of the major Enlightenment thinkers. One of the most well-known classics is Goethe’s Faust which many believe to be about the great man himself and his the selling of his soul for mysteries of Illumimism, which though without proof is not beyond the bounds of possibility.
[3] For the full story of anarchism please read: Demanding the Impossible: A History of Anarchism (London: HarperCollins, 2008) New Edition. Also published in the US (Los Angeles: PM Press, 2009).
[4]René le Forestier, Les Illuminés de Bavière et la franc-maçonnerie allemande, Paris, 1914, Book 3 Chapter 2, pp202-226.
[5] pp.405. 407; Memoirs Illustrating the History of Jacobinism, by Augustin Barruel, 1798, Real-View-Books Classics Reprint, 2002 edition.
[6] Albert G. Mackey. Mackey’s Revised Encyclopedia Of Freemasonry, under “Wilhelmsbad, Congress of.
[7] p. 18; World Revolution – The Plot Against Civilization 1921 by Nesta H. Webster (online versions)
[8] p.221; Rule by Secrecy by Jim Marrs, Published by Harper Collins, 2001 | ISBN 0060193689
[9] Henry Martin, Histoire de France depuis les temps les plus reculés jusqu’en 1789, XVI. 533. Quoted in Nesa Webster. Secret Societies & Subversive Movements, London, 1924, p. 207.

The Z Factor XVI: Bio-Piracy and Bio-Warfare

 ” ‘Israel is at the top,’ … ‘It has tentacles reaching out worldwide. [It has] a pyramid system at work that’s awesome … they have brokers everywhere, bank accounts everywhere; they’ve got recruiters, they’ve got translators, they’ve got travel agents who set up the visas.’ “

Dr. Nancy Scheper-Hughes, UC Berkeley Professor of Medical Anthropology


As if all this were not horrific enough, it seems that for the psychopaths and morally deficient presently embedded in the Israeli government, military and medical establishment, even the dead bodies of Palestinians can be turned into a profit-making enterprise. Indeed, the trafficking of body parts had a head start in Israel as a major destination and transit point. From around 1997-2007 there existed an extensive Israeli transplant tourism/organ-trafficking network worth millions of dollars. It supplied only a few thousand Israeli patients worldwide with organs-to-order. Media attention and public recognition of the networks was made from the arrest of orthodox rabbi, Levy Izhak Rosenbaum, where through his wheeling and dealing, links to New York hospitals and the organ trade were established.

In 2003, After living in Australia for several years, Rosenbaum and his wife arrived in the U.S. from Israel, settling in Brooklyn. Rosenbaum launched a company called Medicalink USA Inc. in 2000 and also managed a charity Kav Lachayim United Lifeline Inc. set up by a relation. It was designed to assist mostly Jewish sick and disabled persons by offering donor transplants. Rosebaum made millions from these “charities” in a relatively short period of time with “… four New York properties for a total $5.1 million and built the 6,745-square-foot brick house where he now lives” according to a Bloomberg News report from October 21, 2011. The report went on: “He previously rented a three-bedroom, two-bath apartment for about $1,500 a month, according to Yitzchok Krasne, who lives there now. In court, Mr. Rosenbaum said he worked in the real estate business.”

In July 2009, Rosenbaum was arrested by the New Jersey FBI as part of a major crackdown on money laundering and political corruption. Other rabbis and city mayors were also charged. Authorities gradually learned that the orthodox Rabbi was part of a major organ trafficking outfit involving the brokering and sale of kidneys by Israelis and who charged Americans as much as $160,000 a kidney. He created a scheme by which donor and recipient would deceive hospital workers who checked for illegalities. According to Rosenbaum’s attorney Ronald Kleinberg: “The transplant surgeries occurred in prestigious American hospitals, and were performed by experienced and expert kidney transplant surgeons.”

One has to wonder just how “rigorous” such an evaluation procedure really was and how much hospital authorities knew about these cases. A spokesman for the Johns Hopkins Hospital who was a client of Mr. Rosenbaum said: “… team of doctors and social workers subjects every donor and recipient to scrutiny.” And in a further statement: “All potential donors and recipients are interviewed multiple times by a team of providers during a rigorous screening process, However, no matter how thorough our policies and procedures are, the pre-transplant evaluation may not detect premeditated and skillful attempts to undermine and deceive the evaluation process.”

The first person to be convicted of organ trafficking in the United States: “Levy Izhak Rosenbaum, 60, pleaded guilty Thursday to three counts of organ trafficking and one count of conspiracy in federal court in Trenton, N.J. He said three ailing people in New Jersey paid him a total $410,000 to arrange the sale of kidneys from healthy donors and an undercover FBI agent paid him $10,000.” He is currently serving 20 years in jail.

picture-247-1316738388

Nancy Scheper-Hughes

The reason the NJ FBI was able to indict Rosenbaum was thanks to the assistance of whistleblower Dr. Nancy Scheper-Hughes professor of anthropology at the University of California, Berkeley, and director of the doctoral program in medicine and society. She is also the co-founder of Organs Watch an independent, medical human rights, research and documentation centre at UC Berkeley. Scheper-Hughes has been an expert on global organ trafficking since 1996 carrying out field research and tracking the routes from Brazil, Argentina, and Cuba, to Europe and Turkey, India, South Africa, and the United States. She discovered one of possibly several international networks of organ traffickers with a complex hierarchy of rogue transplant surgeons, their brokers, lawyers, kidney hunters, insurance and travel agents, safe house operators, and “baby sitters” to mind sick and anxious international “transplant tourists.”

Until Rosenbaum’s arrest it had been impossible for Scheper-Hughes to get the attention of the FBI to even consider her claims that organ harvesting was taking place but gradually evidence was gathered and the fabric of the network slowly began to unravel. Rosenbaum had played his part in this criminal network which originated in Israel under the direction of Jewish Mafia boss Ilan Peri. Although his business was a primary node in the organ trafficking network after initially being arrested, he was eventually released from a German jail and then in his native Israel through convenient judicial loopholes.

Two new laws were passed by the Israeli parliament in 2008, which established a threshold for brain deaths and the prohibition of buying, selling and brokering of organs for transplant. Despite these laws, the presence of the Russian-Jewish mafia in Israel has guaranteed that the business continues though it is much tighter operation. Peri continues to offer what is known as transplant tours which he maintains are wholly legal.

The reason the criminal justice system refused to believe Scheper-Hughes was due to the implicit conditioning that lies as a buffer across all Israeli and American-Jewish culture. To accuse – whatever the legitimacy of the claim – is to be equated with right wing anti-Semitism, a hot potato everyone wants to avoid. When combined with the horror that is organ trafficking then it becomes easy to look the other way and pretend such an accusation is either ridiculous or too horrible to believe.

1026117Rabbi Levy Izhak Rosenbaum

The rumours that Palestinian bodies were being harvested for their organs and skin were circulating throughout the 1990s. In 2009, with the arrest of Izhak Rosenbaum and as Scheper-Hughes’ efforts came to the attention of the media, another article was published in a left-wing, Swedish tabloid Aftonbladet on August 17th of that year by journalist Donald Boström which tackled directly the rumour-ville of organ harvesting in Palestine’s occupied territories by the Israeli Defence Force.

Based on his book Inshallah (2001) which explored the same themes, he revisited his research, summarising his findings under the title of: “Our sons are plundered of their organs”, referencing Palestinian families who were convinced their loved ones had been first murdered then violated for their organs. Boström offered largely circumstantial, albeit compelling – evidence that this was still the case. It was common knowledge that Israeli authorities and hospital managers directors and even civil servants were participating in an illegal but lucrative trade and any claims to the contrary were put down to Palestinian propaganda. He stated it was time to bring to light what was happening in the occupied territories since the intifada began, where: “… young Palestinian men disappeared, that they were brought back after five days, at night, under tremendous secrecy, stitched back together after having been cut from abdomen to chin.”

Needless to say, Israeli government officials, lobbyists and lawyers in Israel and the United States went berserk with accusations of anti-Semitism and the well-worn tag of “blood-libel” which came to be associated with any future claims of organ-trafficking. Pick a sound-bite and mix it with Jewish victimhood and the barrier to criticism remains.

Scheper-Hughes followed this story and was unsure that such a crime could be connected to her own investigations. As she states in her own 2010 article: ‘Israel’s National Forensic Institute: Organ Harvest’ for online politics journal Counterpunch:

With respect to the Swedish “blood libel” against the National Forensic Institute at Abu Kabir, the main issue that wasn’t raised in the avalanche of articles, editorials, and news columns published in Israel, Europe and the United States was one simple question, “Was the organ theft story true?” And were there any grounds for linking the tissue theft from the dead to the organization of illicit transplant tours for Israeli patients? Were there any grounds for linking the one story with another?

Not only was it true that the extent of the network was global, Israel’s L. Greenberg National Institute of Forensic Medicine, otherwise known as The Abu Kabir Institute was at the centre of it all. Working under the auspices of the Ministry of Health, the institute is affiliated with the Sackler School of Medicine at Tel Aviv University (which is yet another body which carries out specialist genetics research) and also serves as the controlling entity for burials by the orthodox religious group Cheva Kadisha. It therefore has a respected status in Israeli society as a legal mortuary on the one hand and a covert role as the central source for illegal organ transplantation.

Abukebir

                       The Abu Kabir Institute

One man who was interviewed by Scheper-Hughes back in July 2000, as part of her research into “transplant tourism” proved to be the lynch-pin around which the whole network was organised. He had even boasted of its creation himself. The director of the Institute Dr. Yehuda Hiss was happy to talk about the illegal activities at the time since it was clear he believed he was operating under the unquestioning strength of his own moral compass. He saw an inadequate situation regarding transplants for Israelis and needed a proactive resolution which he intended to provide. His candour would soon change into complete denial several years later.

Having sat on the interview for ten years Scheper-Hughes for fear of reprisals she decided to publish in 2009, during the trial of Rosenbaum. However, concerned to give Hiss a chance to set the record straight she contacted him and a meeting was set up provided the director and his lawyers could vet the doctor’s questions. In the end, the Ministry of Health denied the chance for another interview under those circumstances. This was not the only effect of her visit. It seems the “blood libel” tag was back. In her own words:

While being interviewed about the effects of the changes in transplant laws and practices, several medical and transplant colleagues in Tel Aviv and Jerusalem often interjected disparaging references to the ‘despicable blood libel by the Swedish media,’ even though they knew full well – and knew that I knew – that tucked inside Boström’s tabloid story was a real medical and political scandal of international proportions. I understood their nervousness about the topic, but not their denial of a known fact that was being manipulated into a global political tool of the Israeli government.”

In the original audio-taped interview, the professor was given some highly revealing responses to her pointed questions. Hiss, freely discussed the: “ ‘informal’ procurement of organs and tissues from the bodies of the dead brought to the Institute for examination and autopsy”, and where there existed a: “‘presumed’ consent, one invented by him and shared with no one except, by example, with his medical students and residents and interns.” She further described his: “… quiet policy of aggressive tissue, bone, skin, and organ harvesting, purportedly for the greater good of his country, a country at war, and for the good of his countryman.”

Hiss, like all delusional and religious authoritarian personalities perceived himself to be following a higher law overlaid with a cold mask of scientific rationalism. As he saw it, his own moral code was in perfect alignment to the needs of the situation. That meant he would provide a service to Israelis whatever the perceived “rules.” Consequently, Professor Hiss was (and probably still is) seen as a hero in Jewish dominated US media as well as in his native Israel since Palestinian lives are worthless as they are all terrorists and suicide bombers anyway. So, what’s the problem of using their bodies as a resource for the superior race of the Jew? Obviously, many Israelis do not subscribe to such a view and are as horrified as any person with conscience across the racial divide. But the topic of organ harvesting – let alone from Palestinians – does not get a chance to be debated within Israeli culture, least of all, within politics.

Two colleagues of Scheper-Hughes, former professor at Hebrew University and anthropologist Meira Weiss, and Chen Kugel, M.D., a forensic pathologist who had worked with his mentor Yehuda Hiss at the Institute. They had both supported Scheper-Hughes and her investigations, urging her to make public the tape-recording of Hiss in 2000. Having been forced from their respective jobs for speaking out, it was now the turn of their colleague.

The Interview took place in Hiss’ office at the Institute on July 21st 2000 in the presence if Miera Weiss and another staff member. Yehuda Hiss’ account gave a thorough and extensive overview of the role that he and the Institute played in the procurement of organs and tissue. The key revelations from the interview, as published in Nancy Scheper-Hughes’ aforementioned Counterpunch article of 2010, are as follows:

  • A personal approach and Establishment connections are paramount. The Israeli Defence Force (IDF) has a strong relationship with the Institute harvesting predominantly skin and corneas for several hospitals.
  • For autopsies permission of the families was always sought in the 1970s but by the 1990s this had changed. Due to resistance in Israel to the idea of autopsy – both Jewish and Arab – “… everything is done off the record, highly informal. We never asked for the families’ permission.” […] But we would harvest only from bodies that the family agreed to allow an autopsy. So, we would never harvest where there were objections to the autopsy.”
  • “The law demands permissions for autopsy, but not for harvesting. I read this in the law books… We were free to take skin from the back of legs. We took cornea. … In the beginning of the 1990s, we began to take some long bones from the legs. Then we were asked for cardiac valves, and we did a few of them, because of the lack of collaboration between us and major thoracic departments. Then, beginning in 1995, we started to do it more formally. It was done according to a certain list of priorities, established by various medical centers and specific departments. It was done as a kind of semi-legal thing. At that point, we would inform the Ministry of Health. Before that time [1995], it was only between me/the Institute and the various departments and medical centers – informally. Later, we decided that it should be done through the Ministry of Health.”
  •  “Independence is very important. We are now part of the Ministry of Health, and the director-general of the ministry is our boss, but we are actually completely independent. Until a few years ago, all medical centers were under the Ministry of Health, but in the late 1990s they have become independent. There are only a few still directly under the Ministry of Health. Since then, they are more interested in what we are doing here and in our capacities [to harvest tissues], and so we now get more demands and we feel that it should be regulated. We want to be on record, too, for the various costs that are involved in the harvesting of skin and cornea, bones, pulmonary values and so forth… . But until then, this was just between us and the various hospitals that we serviced, but we wanted there to be some control over this.”
  • Setting prices: “In 1996, we made up a list of the various medical services that we provided, a list of hundreds or thousands of shekels – there were expenses that we wanted to recoup. We would collaborate only with public hospitals. … Since then – about two years ago [1998] – we were told to ask permission for everything. [This is a reference to the late Sergeant Zeev Buzaglo of the Golani Brigade, who was killed in a training accident in April 1997. When his father, Dr. Haim Buzaglo, a pediatrician, came to see his son’s body, he saw that it had been harmed at the Institute – NS-H.” ]
  • “There is a special relationship between the Institute and the army because of the current political situation in Israel. All Israelis feel that we all have an obligation to help out in some way, and because we all served in the army, we all have a personal stake in the army ever after. We are all linked to the army. And because of this, we took it for granted. We never asked. We thought it was part of the duty of all Israelis to cooperate.”
  • “In Israel, 100 per cent of the skin harvested goes to Hadassah Hospital’s skin bank – it is for military purposes only – no biotech firms have access. There is another skin bank in the south of the country, to which the Institute is not linked – but I know that if something happens – if one of the burn centers need skin for a private patient, say, they can take skin from the Hadassah skin bank, but they have to repay it. Logistically, we are only linked to Hadassah.”
  • “Since six months ago, we have a new man working with us downstairs, who is a kind of mortuary assistant, and he is harvesting skin, bones, cornea, and bones. Before him, there was only an arrangement with the army – they used to send us here every week a plastic surgeon, who would come here to harvest skin for the skin bank in Hadassah. This lasted for many years. More than 12 or 13 years he did this. Since 1987-1988, every other week, a plastic surgeon would come here to harvest skin. But now we no longer have this direct relationship with the army since this latest scandal. Now, we have our own mortuary assistant, who is paid to harvest for us all the skin, bone, cornea, etc., that is needed. He helps out in other activities as well.”
  • The foundation to what has become the modern relationship with Russia and Israel and organ harvesting: “You can buy cornea from Russia for $300 each, I think…. In Moscow, you can get a kidney for $20,000 and cornea for a few dollars, because they really don’t care… At every autopsy, they take what they want, and they have a tremendous stockpile of organs that they can draw on. They have skin and cornea. In some large medical centers in Russia, you can get fresh kidney that they get from auto accidents – and in Turkey as well. So, in both places you can get transplanted organs for just $20,000 – including the kidney – because they have a stockpile of them. I know because I was part of a transplant procurement organization, and we studied this. It is very cheap. It is well done by very good surgeons there. In fact, there is a surplus of kidneys in Russia. They have surplus because fewer people there can afford transplants.”
  • Regarding Transplant Tourism: “… sometimes our surgeons would accompany our Israeli patients to Russia, and they would perform the surgery there and the kidney was from a Russian. The surgery would be performed by Israeli doctors in Russia, with Russian kidneys. Some are leading transplant surgeons from Israel…”
  •  “Many things in Israel are done on a personal basis and through connections… I think that in Israel everything should be as equitable as possible. One should not have to depend on connections or money. If advertising and the media would only persuade the Israeli population to donate organs from deceased victims from trauma… [ and even though there is nothing in Talmudic law against organ harvesting from the dead], a religious family will find a rabbi who will agree with them. I try to tell them how important it is to donate, and they will say, “I need to discuss this with my rabbi” – and nine times out of ten they come back with a negative answer. That is, the answer that they want…”

According to Israeli authorities since the disclosure of the organ trade and the whistle-blowing of Nancy Scheper-Hughes permission for autopsies and harvesting has been formalised and regulations introduced. The trade in organs harvested from the bodies of Israeli soldiers, Israeli citizens, Palestinians and foreign workers was said to have ceased. However, recent allegations suggest that the industry merely went further underground. Perhaps it was unlikely that such a lucrative business would simply grind to a halt.

Israel’s popular newspaper Haaretz published a report on June 20th 2013 with the headline: ‘Israeli MDs harvesting organs for international trafficking ring.’ Costa Rican authorities had been working hard to break up an international organ trafficking ring and had finally achieved success as they carried out raids on several medical establishments. It was reported that several Israeli doctors had been at the centre of the network who: “specialised in selling kidneys to patients in Israel and East Europe.” The head of Nephrology Francisco Mora Palma, who worked at one of the largest state-run medical centers, Calderon Guardia Hospital, was arrested for his role in the trafficking ring. A police officer working with the doctor as a scout for potential donors was also arrested. Once again, the police implied that the ring was merely part of a larger global operation. With estimates of $16,000-20,000 paid for kidney donors, two way traffic from Israel to destination countries and the Ministry of Health’s protestations that it knew nothing about the trafficking – business is flourishing. As Attorney General Chavarria stated, this is likely just the “tip of the iceberg.”

If we cast our mind back to the problem of missing persons in the United States and across the world with such sums of money at stake, is it not logical to assume that many of the missing, mostly children are being abducted and sold for body parts? Well, sure enough this is exactly what the present research is suggests.

sons_p2

19-year-old Bilal Achmed Ghanan was shot and taken away by Israeli soldiers. His body was returned to his family brutally stitched up from the abdomen to the chin. Source: Israeli Organ Harvesting The New “Blood Libel”? by Alison Weir, 2009.

On October 18th 2013, The Telegraph’s Steven Swinford offered the first reported case of organ trafficking uncovered in the United Kingdom. A little Somalian girl was smuggled into the Island expressly to have her organs harvested for needy for those desperate for transplants. Child protection agencies warned that this was unlikely to be an isolated incident since the number of human trafficking victims in the UK has reached record levels, having risen by over 50 per cent in 2012.

Egypt too was suffering from the internal fractures of Western influenced meddling which has resulted in a tragic civil war offers rich pickings for the organ traffickers. IRN News a service of the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs ran a story entitled: ‘EGYPT: Rising tide of child abductions’ which was published in December 2013. A coalition of 100 Egyptian child rights advocacy groups is continuing to apply pressure on the military government to take steps to halt the huge rise in child abductions across the country. The report quoted ex-policeman and security expert Maher Zakhry who stated: “The kidnapping of children has become a very worrying phenomenon,” … “Our country’s deteriorating security conditions make this crime more possible.”

Anywhere there is conflict and civilian casualties you will find organ traffickers on the prowl which is why the conflict in Syria and the 11 million refugees is a humanitarian disaster beyond imagining with children being prey not just to government and rebel bullets and shrapnel but the tangential obscenity of traffickers. Indeed, according to the latest reports the US-NATO backed Al-Qaeda outfit The Free Syrian Army has been accused not only of various atrocities, but indulging in a bit of outsourced organ trafficking on the side. Allegations of harvesting the body organs of Syrian civilians and army soldiers after kidnapping and murdering them have been reported by the Turkish paper Yurt. Though similar reports strangely no longer seem to exist on newspaper servers, a debate over whether this is propaganda or not will doubtless continue.

Nancy Scheper-Hughes’ courageous research showed that kidney trafficking in particular was overwhelming sourced from Israel. What is even more disturbing and which confirms yet again, why the idea of revenge and the cliche of self-loathing appears to play a part. Scheper-Hughes identified two motivations of the Israeli organ traffickers. The first was unsurprisingly: “greed” and the second was incredibly: “Revenge, restitution—reparation for the Holocaust.” where they described this further as: “… kind of ‘an eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth. We’re going to get every single kidney and liver and heart that we can. The world owes it to us.’” [1]

Once again, this pathological entitlement to inflict revenge and retribution is drawn from a preceived passivity and acquiescence to that historical victimhood. This has become inverted and its dark shadow projected out into the world to contribute to the spread of that very same infection of evil into the world.

“The World Owes us.”

 

Chemical Weapons and Biological Warfare

And if murdered Palestinians can be used as a source for organ trafficking then it shouldn’t be surprising that such minds can think up other ways to desecrate and even extinguish the very idea of Palestinians as a race.

330px-WMD_world_map.svgBiological | Chemical | Nuclear | Radiological (wikipedia)

Israel has long had a reputation for developing chemical and biological weapons methods (CBW) for their most effective dispersal, preferably in the Palestinian population. Ethnic cleansing always seems to return as the primary mover for such actions, the Israeli occupation of Haifa on 23 April 1948, is an early case. It was thought to be under Arab control and thus under the “protection” of the British forces when it was used as one of the first experiments in Israeli chemical warfare. The city water supply still comes from a nearby village, Kabri, about 10 kms to the north, through an aqueduct. From 6 May to about 19 May, the city population was struck down by a sudden typhoid epidemic. Somewhere along this supply point Zionists injected typhoid into the water system.

The minutes of an emergency conference held at the Lebanese Red Cross Hospital in Acre on 6 May and attended by top level Army and Medical personnel determined the outbreak was “water borne” and “not due to crowded or unhygienic conditions as claimed by the Israelis.” [2]According to Dr. De Meuron of the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC) it was the first time something of this nature had ever happened in Palestine. The poisoning of Acre’s water supply ended with destruction of the city, the depopulation of its inhabitants, war crimes committed by Zionist soldiers including acts of rape, enforced poisoning by cyanide and the internment of civilians in concentration camps. Homes, farms, businesses and the denial of return to their city were sanctioned, euphemistically known as “Transfer” by Zionists. (It followed a similar pattern of experimental destruction which could be likened to the genocide inflicted on Iraqi inhabitants of Fallujah during the invasion of Iraq).

In 1999 Palestinian physician Dr. Salman Abu Sitta stated the facts to the UK House of Commons that during the 1948 War: “… bacteriological warfare was used by poisoning wells and infecting drinking water with malaria and typhus. This was the case in the summer of 1948, as Ben-Gurion admitted in his diary.” [3] Fast forward to the destruction wrought by the Israeli army on Beit Hanoun’s sanitations and sewage networks intentionally mixing them with potable water networks in the hope of causing environmental and health problems. The Association of Palestinian Hydrologists called on “all the legal institutions to work on disclosing the Israeli practices that aim at spreading diseases and epidemics in the northern Gaza Strip town of Beit Hanoun” in July of 2004. [4]

Another example of Zionist flirtation with toxic concoctions hit an upward curve in October 30, 1996. Rebels in Papua New Guinea accused Israel of providing government forces with “chemical bombs” dropped by helicopters, causing skin irritation and burning. Following the tradition of the US who happily sold chemical weapons to Saddam Hussein more than a decade before the first Iraq war, the Israeli government decided to yield to a more open stance of double standards by not submitting the 1993 Chemical Weapons Convention to Knesset for ratification. On September 25 1997, Israeli MOSSAD agents attempted to poison Hamas leader Khaled Meshaal with fentanyl in Amman, Jordan. Meshaal is administered an antidote in exchange for Jordan’s release of captured agents.

Israeli’s love affair with micro-biology and chemical warfare is focused in the top secret facility of the Israel Institute for Biological Research, (IIBR) which is obviously very busy. According to one biologist who worked at IIBR: “There is hardly a single known or unknown form of chemical or biological weapon … which is not manufactured at the institute [IIBR].” In August, 1998 Israeli daily Yediot Ahronot published an exposé calling IIBR “metropolitan Tel Aviv’s most severe environmental hazard” which gave some publicity to Israelis living in the area who had launched an appeal to the Supreme Court to prevent the expansion of the institute without success.[5]

In October 2000, perhaps in response to encouraging noises from excited and well paid scientists, the Israeli military was allowed to test out their latest bag of tricks by shooting gas canisters into schoolyard and classrooms at T’ku, near Bethlehem. Over 24 children suffered from gas inhalation and required hospitalisation. Apparently, gas “differs from the standard tear-gas used around the world in dispersing demonstrations.” [6]

American filmmaker James Longley documented the use of unknown gas attacks that took place on February 12, 2001, in Khan Younis, located in the Gaza Strip and West Bank. His film “Gaza Strip” garnered several awards after revealing the reality of the suffering undergone by the victims many of whom were forced to remain in hospital for weeks. More repeated gas attacks followed over February and March with reports from locations near Bethlehem; East of Gaza city and the West Bank village of Al-Zawiya. Experts believe the chemical was a new, unknown type of nerve gas. [7]

dna-horz© infrakshun

BBC Television produced one of the first in-depth investigations into Israel’s use of chemical weapons in March, 2003 called Israel’s Secret Weapon. The attacks in Gaza and the West bank were investigated. The programme’s conclusion was that: “The Israeli army has used new unidentified weapons. In February 2001 a new gas was used in Gaza. A hundred and eighty patients were admitted to hospitals with severe convulsions… Israel is outside chemical and biological weapons treaties and still refuses to say what the new gas was.” Unsurprisingly, even before the programme was aired the Israel PR reflex was in operation over the slightest possibility of criticism and considered “lodging a vehement protest” to banish any thought there may be “double standards” at work as alleged by the film. [8]

Regardless of the prohibition of chemical weapons in the 21st Century the Israeli government believes that riots and unrest provide a perfect opportunity to test the latest chemical weaponry they have in their possession.

By June of 2004, protests against the construction of the West bank barrier clinics in Al-Zawiya saw 130 patients treated for gas inhalation. This was not tear gas or any conventional chemical for crowd dispersal. Dr. Abu Madi stated: “The patients were children, women, old people and young men …there were a high number of cases of [tetany], spasm in legs and hands, connected to the nervous system. Pupils were dilated … Other symptoms included shock, semi-consciousness, hyperventilation, irritation and sweating.”

In a 2009 report entitled: Rain of Fire: Israel’s Unlawful Use of White Phosphorus in Gaza Human Rights Watch said: “Israel’s repeated firing of white phosphorus shells over densely populated areas of Gaza during its recent military campaign was indiscriminate and is evidence of war crimes.” The document provided detailed witness accounts of the “devastating effects that white phosphorus munitions had on civilians and civilian property in Gaza.” Fred Abrahams, senior emergencies researcher and co-author of the report stated: “In Gaza, the Israeli military didn’t just use white phosphorus in open areas as a screen for its troops. It fired white phosphorus repeatedly over densely populated areas, even when its troops weren’t in the area and safer smoke shells were available. As a result, civilians needlessly suffered and died.” [9]

Another paper from the New Weapons Research Committee reported: “the 2006 and 2009 Israeli bombings on Gaza left a high concentration of toxic metals in soil, which can cause tumours, fertility problems, and serious effects on newborns, like deformities and genetic pathologies.” [10] Further, from a Palestine Human Rights Information Centre report of 1989 chemicals in the tear gas canisters ensures the gas sticks to clothes, food and walls, for considerable periods of time long after they have been fired. The report states that: “Residues of CS gas, one of the gases in use, remaining on food, can break down into cyanide when the food is cooked, even long after exposure.” [11] Even the use of Napalm has been employed against the Palestinian people as far back as 1967. Keen to keep up with the new innovations being tested out on Vietnamese soldiers and civilians alike Israel signed on the dotted line in anticipation. [12]

image004

On 17 January 2009, Israeli forces bombed a school run by the United Nations agency for Palestine refugees (UNRWA) in Beit Lahiya in the northern Gaza Strip. Around 1,600 Palestinians from the northern Gaza Strip, mostly families including young children, sought refuge at the school to escape Israeli air strikes that were targeting homes in densely populated areas. At least two children were killed in the attack and another dozen wounded by the white phosphorus bombs fired at the school.”  –  ‘Photostory: Israel attacks UN school in Gaza’ – The Electronic Intifada


The new Yissum Research Development Company of the Hebrew University, has just finished patting itself on the back for establishing an anti-terrorism technology centre: “which envisions that the centre will become a world leader in developing anti-terrorism warfare technology, especially relating to chemical and biological anti-terrorism.” One has to wonder why? Especially as the Hebrew University: “… has received around $10 million annually from US government agencies in grants for infrastructure and applied research.” [13]  The absence of a real external threat other than some phony CIA/MOSSAD infiltrated Jihadist group or the conveniently ubiquitous Al-Qaeda threatening to show up in the next country targeted for invasion, this very brief look at chemical warfare shows that Israel and the US are obsessed with these fields of research.

During the Gaza and West bank incursions nerve gases were not the only examples inflicted on the Palestinians. In October, Italian investigators found forensic evidence that suggested that a drive to introduce a new form of chemical warfare in the occupied territories represented the near future of US “counterinsurgency warfare.” With photographic evidence and witness testimony from the many victims and doctors on the ground, the use of Dense Inert Metal Explosives (DIME) was said to be the most probable cause.[14]  Developed at the US Air Force Research Laboratory, DIME is a low collateral damage weapon (LCD) which produces a powerful blast within a small area, while allowing lower pressure but increased impulse in the area. It sprays a superheated “micro-shrapnel” of powdered Heavy Metal Tungsten Alloy (HMTA) that is geno-toxic (extremely harmful to human DNA.) as well as being dangerous to overall health. [15]

Chief of the emergency unit at Gaza’s largest hospital in Al-Shifa, Dr Joma Al-Saqqa had first-hand experience of the effects on the human body. As he was treating patients he observed that: “…despite the damage in internal soft tissue in the bodies of injured people, the fragments were not detected by X-ray. In other words, they had disappeared or dissolved inside the body.”  Dr. Al-Saqqa reported that: “When the wounds were explored no foreign material was found. There was tissue death, the extent of which was difficult to determine … A higher deep infection rate resulted with subsequent amputation. In spite of amputation there was a higher mortality.” [16]

He confirmed:

“… that there were dozens of wounded legs and arms. Many of them had been burned from the inside, and distorted to the point that they cannot return to life again.” … “When the shrapnel hit[s] the body, it causes very strong burns that destroy the tissues around the bones … it burns and destroys internal organs, like the liver, kidneys, and the spleen and other organs and makes saving the wounded almost impossible. As a surgeon, I have seen thousands of wounds during the Intifada, but nothing was like this weapon.” [17]

The doctor also concluded that the effects of the weapon seemed “radioactive.”

After his experiences Al-Saqqa is in no doubt that the Israeli Army was employing a new chemical weapon which had resulted in the deaths of 50 Palestinians and over 200 injured. Analysis of victims’ wounds proved impossible. Gaza’s only forensic crime laboratory was destroyed by the Israelis on June 27 of the siege which seems more than a little convenient.[18] In the Gaza conflict of 2008-2009 the exact same evidence of chemical warfare was found. Dr. Mads Gilbert and Dr. Erik Fosse, who were working on Palestinians who suffered wounds in the attacks, believed such injuries could only have come from a new type of weapon such as the DIME bomb. [19]

A 2004 study by the British Medical Association concluded that the world was perhaps only a few years away from “terrifying biological weapons capable of killing only people of specific ethnic groups, citing advances in “genetic weapons technology.” More than a twelve years ago Deputy Secretary of Defence Paul Wolfowitz and I.Lewis Libby, Chief of staff to Vice President Dick Cheney had argued in draft policy statements to press for the further establishment of various imperialist polices including the development of biological weapons that can “target specific genotypes [and] may transform biological warfare from the realm of terror to a politically useful tool.” [20]

The now infamous report in the The Times back in 1998 described Israel’s claim to have successfully developed an “ethnic bullet” that targets Arabs. Indeed, no denials have been forthcoming and from the same report an Israeli government spokesman said: “we have a basket full of serious surprises that we will not hesitate to use if we feel that the state of Israel is under serious threat.” [21]

Translation: anything is acceptable as long as Israel can have its own way.

It seems a far cry from notions of peace and reconciliation though again ironic in its parallels to Nazism. This also connects to the expansion of the Human Genome Project and America’s love affair with eugenics which harks back to the brain-drain of Nazi scientists during and after the Second World War which in turn, created the principles upon which the CIA and the National Security State were formed. The crucial question we might ask here is: if Arabs can be targeted genetically, can the Israelis also target other “genetic lines,” such as peoples of black or Asian or Anglo-Saxon heritage? Stanford University biophysicist, Professor Steven Block makes this pertinent observation: “We’re tempted to say that nobody in their right mind would ever use these things, but not everybody is in their right mind.” [22]

Yet for the many in government, the military and intelligence circles, the only mind is the psychopath’s mind and everyone else must conform to its reality.


See also: Israel is the organ harvesting and human trafficking global ringleader, with complicit help from US and Turkey  It seems Israel and its proxy army ISIS can’t stop themselves…

The following link may have implications for producing ethnic-specific weapons for bio-warfare. This especially interesting since Putin is a major threat to the Three Establishment Model’s design for world order:

Putin: Someone is harvesting Russian bio samples for obscure purposes


Notes

[1] ‘Israeli Organ Trafficking and Theft: From Moldova to Palestine by Alison Weir, Washington Report on Middle East Affairs, November 2009.
[2] ‘Traces of Posion – Israel’s Dark History revealed.’ By Salman Abu-Sitta, Al-Ahram Weekly Issue No. 62, Feb 27 – March 5, 2003.
[3] ‘Israel and Chemical/Biological Weapons: History, Deterrence, and Arms Control,’ by Avner Cohen, The Nonproliferation Review, Fall-Winter 2001, Vol. 8, No. 3, p. 32.
[4] ‘Hydrologists warn of Israeli spreading diseases in N. Gaza’ China View March 3, 2004.
[5] Examples from 1990 – 1998 verified and sourced from Nuclear Threat Initiative; Israel Chronology 1998 – 2010 | http://www.nti.org/media/pdfs/israel_biological.pdf?_=1316466791.
[6] Iran Republic News Agency (IRNA), October 29, 2000.
[7] ‘Israeli Army Fires Highly Toxic Quantities of Tear Gas at Civilians in Khan Yunis,’ Gaza, Palestine Monitor, February 15, 2001.
[8] ‘Israel considers protesting BBC show on `secret weapons’’ By Sharon Sadeh, Haaretz, March 14, 2003.
[9] ‘Israel: White Phosphorus Use Evidence of War Crimes – Indiscriminate Attacks Caused Needless Civilian Suffering’ Human Rights Watch, March 25, 2009.
[10] ‘Israel Poisons Palestinian Soil, Newborns’ By Fareed Mahdy IDN-InDepthNews Service, December 19 2009.
[11] PHRIC: ‘Uprising In Palestine.’ 1989 Report.
[12] Our Roots Are Still Alive – The Story of the Palestinian People, Written by the Peoples Press Palestine Book Project: Joy Bonds, Jimmy Emerman, Linda John, Penny Johnson, Paul Rupert Illustrations: Ron Weil of Gonna Rise Again Graphics Design: Leah Statman of Gonna Rise Again Graphics Layout: Joy Bonds and Leah Statman, Institute for Independent Social Journalism.
Chapter 13: June 1967 Seizing New Arab Land: “In the West Bank and the Golan Heights, Israeli planes bombed villages and dropped napalm. Napalm rained on areas around Arab Jerusalem, Bethlehem, and the East Bank of the Jordan. Sami Oweida told the story of his family to a British professor. During the war his family left Jericho and tried to cross the King Hussein Bridge to the East Bank of the Jordan and relative safety. According to Oweida’s account: I saw a plane come down like a hawk directly at us. We threw ourselves on the ground and found ourselves in the midst of fire…. I tried to do something, but in vain. Fire was all around. I carried my burning child outside the fire. The burning people became naked. Fire stuck to my hands and face. I rolled over. The fire rolled with me. I saw another plane coming directly at us. I thought it was the end. I saw the pilot lean over and look at us. My daughter Labiba (four years old) died that night. Two children of my cousin also died. My daughter Adla (seventeen years old) died four days later.”
[13] ‘Hebrew U. company sets up anti-terror technology unit,’ by Batya Feldman, Globes, 22 April 2004.
[14] Italian TV: Israel used new weapon prototype in Gaza Strip, Haaretz, October 19, 2006.
[15] ‘Dense Inert Metal Explosive (DIME)’ globalsecurity.org / and Wikipedia .
[16] ‘Ministry of Health report on toxic Israeli weapons confirmed by Gaza City medical sources’, Palestine News Network, July 13,/2006.
[17] Ibid.
[18]Israel ‘is using chemical ammunition’ in Gaza, Centre for Research on Globalization/Gulf News, June 13, 2006.
[19] ‘Norwegian doctor: Israel used new type of weapon in Gaza’ by Amira Hass, Haaretz, January 19, 2009. “His best guess, he said, is that the pressure wave is caused by a dense inert metal explosive, or DIME, a type of bomb developed to minimize collateral damage. A military expert working for Human Rights Watch also told Haaretz that the nature of the wounds and descriptions given by Gazans made it seem likely that Israel used DIMEs.”
[20] p.60; ‘Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century’ Project for a New American Century, http://www.newamericancentury.org.
[21] Israel planning Ethnic Bomb as Sadaam caves in’ The Times, Novermber 15, 1998. – “The intention is to use the ability of viruses and certain bacteria to alter the DNA inside their host’s living cells. The scientists are trying to engineer deadly micro-organisms that attack only those bearing the distinctive genes. The programme is based at the biological institute in Nes Tziyona, the main research
facility for Israel’s clandestine arsenal of chemical and biological weapons. A scientist there said the task was hugely complicated because both Arabs and Jews are of semitic origin. But he added: “They have, however, succeeded in pinpointing a particular characteristic in the genetic profile of certain Arab communities, particularly the Iraqi people.” The disease could be spread by spraying the organisms into the air or putting them in water supplies. The research mirrors biological studies conducted by South African scientists during the apartheid era and revealed in testimony before the truth commission. The idea of a Jewish state conducting such research has provoked outrage in some quarters because of parallels with the genetic experiments of Dr Josef Mengele, the Nazi scientist at Auschwitz.”
[22] p.277; Seeds of Destruction The Hidden Agenda of Genetic Manipulation by F. William Engdahl, Published by Global Research, 2007 | ISBN-10: 0973714727.

The Z Factor XV: Inglorious Human Rights

“Ill-treatment of Palestinian children in the Israeli military detention system appears to be widespread, systematic and institutionalized,…”

– UNICEF, Children in Israeli Military Detention: Observations and Recommendations (2013).


  unicef

Israeli West Bank Barrier otherwise known as “The Wall”| Photo from the cover of UNICEF’s 2013 report Children in Israeli Military Detention: Observations and Recommendations (2013).


Jewish cultivation of victimhood and the mythologising of certain events in history have been used to affect a form of thought control that confers a mighty buffer to criticism. This serves to prop up a lasting deference and preferential treatment at both the socio-cultural and political level. But what of vengeance? Does the atrocious human rights record by Israelis have anything to do with Amalekian revenge and their association with Arabs as the New Nazis in waiting, should they be given power and equal rights?

Inglorius Barsterds, a 2009 film written and directed by Quentin Tarantino goes some way in explaining the perceptions of some of in the global Jewish community regarding the ideas of revenge and victimisation. Producer Lawrence Bender, after reading the first draft of the film script exclaimed: “… as a member of the Jewish tribe, I thank you, … because this movie is a fucking Jewish wet dream.” The film’s executive producers Harvey and Bob Weinstein, also reportedly “… enjoyed the film’s theme of Jewish revenge.” [1]

I  bet they did.

The film is set in Nazi-occupied France during World War II and follows the exploits of a group of Jewish-American soldiers known as ‘The Basterds’ as they go about inflicting various forms of Tarantino-esque revenge upon the Third Reich while going under cover to assassinate high-ranking Nazi officials. It is a nicely crafted film, musically rich, inventive, and visually powerful; chock full of comic-book humour and film culture references. As we’ve come to expect from Tarantino, it is also gratuitously violent and patently immoral.

Represented as cathartic “kosher porn” according to one of the Jewish actors who had a leading role, the film quite literally exorcised the Jewish archetypes of passivity and victimhood into an unbridled blood lust of revenge. While Tarantino revels in his own pornographic love of violence in a war-time setting, it perversely delves into some very dark arenas of Jewish lore with somewhat disturbing results. In attempting to come up triumphant by dramatically reversing Jewish guilt, passivity and victimhood, it merely creates their nemeses.  Nevertheless, Jewish influence in the entertainment industry and our Official Culture being as it is, we can’t be too surprise that it was deemed a resounding success by most critics and audiences.

However, a few were not convinced including author and critic Daniel Mendelsohn who found the portrayal of Jewish-American soldiers mimicking German atrocities done to European Jews disturbing and went to the heart of the matter  He when he stated: “ … Tarantino indulges this taste for vengeful violence by—well, by turning Jews into Nazis.” [2] The Jewish press, summed up Tarantino’s style of film making as lacking any kind of depth or subtle understanding and when faced with Nazis and Jewish retribution it was inevitable that audiences would be served with an: “… alternative to reality, a magical and Manichean world where we needn’t worry about the complexities of morality, where violence solves everything, and where the Third Reich is always just a film reel and a lit match away from cartoonish defeat.” [3] To which Tarantino would probably say, is exactly the point.

It’s only “entertainment” right?

inglourious_basterds_poster1-horz

Promotional Posters for Quentin Tarantino’s Inglorious Basterds (2009)

The fact that the film not only went down a storm in Israel only serves to reinforce the idea that most Israelis and Jewish-Americans seem to be happy with the fact that Jews exacting revenge by using the same methods of destruction is without any moral ambiguity: “The ‘chapters’ of the movie showing Nazi-scalping, baseball bat-wielding Jews instilling fear into the hearts of the German army (and Hitler), as well as the bloodbath finale where Nazi elite are all burned alive, elicited cheers and hearty rounds of applause, while the man himself won a standing ovation as the end credits rolled.” [4]Such gleeful bloodletting and burning alive of Nazis is comfortably explained away by the right of victimhood while simultaneously fuelling Nazi-like behaviour that is not only deemed just and appropriate, but natural.  It was indeed a “wet dream” for Jewish movie moguls trumped only by Tarantino’s blatant and cynical pandering to the same, making sure he’ll always be welcome in Hollywood for a long time to come.

***

What makes this such an interesting mirror for the Israeli-Arab conflict is the current and appalling human rights abuse we see inflicted on Palestinians. It makes this “Jewish Fantasy” a far more disturbing and topical piece of propaganda than it first appears.

46811_157072180975064_155832537765695_550634_7658175_n

So, let’s have a look at some cold hard reality:

  • From September 29, 2000 to the present (March 2012) 125 Israeli children have been killed by Palestinians and 1,471 Palestinian children have been killed by Israelis [5]
  • 1,092 Israelis and at least 6,537 Palestinians have been killed; [6]
  • 9,226 Israelis and 45,041 Palestinians have been injured; [7]
  • 0 Israelis are being held prisoner by Palestinians, while 5,300 Palestinians are currently imprisoned by Israel; [8]
  • no Israeli homes have been demolished by Palestinians and 24,813 Palestinian homes have been demolished by Israel since 1967. [9]
  • The Israeli unemployment rate is 6.4 per cent, while the Palestinian unemployment in the West Bank is 16.5 per cent and 40 per cent in Gaza; [10]
  • Israel currently has 236 Jewish-only settlements and ‘outposts’ built on confiscated Palestinian land. [11]

Persistent violations of the Geneva Convention underlie these statistics with the Israeli military as the primary source for these atrocities. moreover, the brunt of these  attacks have been borne by Palestinian children. It is not hard to see that much of these human rights violations and deaths are sourced from beliefs that see Palestinians as not only unwelcome but less than human, a belief that has been instilled into socio-political consciousness of Israel for a very long time.

In 1973 Rabbi A. Avidan gave some religious “inspiration” for Israeli soldiers and subsequently published by the Central Regional Command of the Israeli Army. Although no other Rabbi or military personnel criticised the memo it was eventually taken out of circulation presumably due to conflict in the chains of command. It stated: “When our forces come across civilians during a war or in hot pursuit or in a raid, so long as there is no certainty that these civilians are incapable of harming our forces, then according to the Halakhah [Jewish religious law] they may and even should be killed … In a war, when our forces storm the enemy, they are allowed and even enjoined by the Halakhah to kill even good civilians, that is, civilians who are ostensibly good.” [12]

This “guidance” for the military feeds the parallels with Nazism and ethnic cleansing in general and brings the history of Biblical Jewish conquest into focus but also explains some of the brutality currently experienced by Palestinians, most notably children. A standard mantra for abrogating responsibility and to cover a probable shoot-to-kill policy is the following statement when the Israeli military killed yet another 3 year-old girl in her home: “A spokesman for the Israeli military justified the girl’s killing, saying that soldiers thought that Palestinian resistance fighters were somewhere in the neighborhood.” [13] This has remarkable mileage when you’d like to see the demise of a population. So, let’s review just a few of the many indiscriminate attacks against Palestinians under occupation.

In 2002, Palestinian Mohammad Abu Kweik, 8, his two sisters, Bara, 14, Aziza, 16, and their mother Bushra Kweik, 38, were killed when their Mitsubishi pick-up truck they were travelling in was bombed by Israeli forces in the West Bank Palestinian ghetto of Ramallah, she had picked them up from school. A car following the family was also hit killing two Palestinian children aged 4 and 16. Apparently, they were attempting to assassinate a man who was not in either vehicle. [14]

In July of the same year 11-year-old Khalil Ibrahim, was shot in the head in Rafah a part of the Gaza ghetto as he in a playground with his friends, two of whom were wounded. “The children were gunned down by Israeli soldiers from a Jewish guard tower as they were playing.” [15] In May 7, 2001 Israelis shelled homes in the Khan Yunis Refugee Camp and fired large-calibre machine guns which killed 4-month-old Iman Hijo, “shrapnel tearing a hole into the infant’s back.” The attack also wounded 24 civilians, he girl’s 19-year-old mother, as well as three brothers and sisters, were among the wounded, “including 18-month-old Mahmoud Hijo, [who] was in intensive care at Nasser Hospital with shrapnel wounds, doctors said.” … “Israeli troops also fired on the refugee camp’s Khaldieh School in the West Bank, killing a Palestinian school-teacher.” [16]

children-watchingIndiscriminate airstrikes (not Hezbollah’s or Hama’s shielding as claimed by Israeli officials) and violations of human rights were most evident in Gaza offensives by Israeli army between 2006 – 2009 causing a large spike in civilian casualties, the most brutal of which was the massacre of Palestinian women and children in Israel’s “Cloud of Autumn.” [17]  When you grow up with state-mandated violence, hatred and poverty it is little wonder so-called resistance groups like Hamas and Hezbollah have formed. What needs to be borne in mind is that these are people who simply want to lead normal, ordinary lives with some dignity and respect for even the most basic human rights. According to American Educational Trust: “The majority of these [Palestinian] children were killed and injured while going about normal daily activities, such as going to school, playing, shopping, or simply being in their homes. Sixty-four per cent of children killed during the first six months of 2003 died as a result of Israeli air and ground attacks, or from indiscriminate fire from Israeli soldiers.” [18]

One report from Hebron describes the case of two year-old Burhan Sidir who was blown apart by Israeli mortar fire. His legs and head were found in the street and had to be retrieved by relatives. Can we even imagine the shock, grief and horror at having to pick up your son’s head from the street and carry on with your life?

Just think about that for moment when we become irritated that we’ve missed the last episode of Game of Thrones. Palestinians live with this kind oppression every day of their lives. everyone knows someone who has lost a son, daughter, mother, father, sister or brother.

Total disregard for Palestinian lives has given Israel numerous warnings for war crimes. [19]Palestinian inter-factional fighting between particularly between Hamas and Fatah on top of a fluctuating humanitarian crisis creates intolerable conditions for the young and old alike in the occupied territories. Worse still, is the spectre of targeted killings of children and teenagers by the Israeli military. Though it may not be official policy it appears to be a reality nonetheless, with higher level officers sometimes giving the order to shoot commensurate with reflexive actions of Israeli soldiers as whole which belie “a culture of impunity.” Many recent reports confirm what Palestinians have been living with for decades, namely that a Palestinian life – even a child – means nothing for many in the Israeli military and that an apparent unlawful death is like a fine for a parking ticket at around 100 or 200 shekel [$US22 or $US44]. Mandating a collective punishment on the Palestinian people is drawn from an ever-present emotion of revenge as Israeli soldiers explain:

In May 2004, Israeli forces launched an operation in southern Gaza that resulted in the expulsion of thousands of Palestinians from their homes, and the deaths of 50 Palestinians, up to half of whom were civilians Rafi, an officer in an elite unit connected to the air force, told how the entire mission was about revenge. “The commanders said kill as many people as possible,’ he said. Orders were also given to kill anyone seen on the rooftops of homes, irrespective of what they were doing or whether they were armed. Among the casualties were Asma Moghayyer, aged 16, and her brother Ahmed, 13, who were shot as they were collecting clothes from their rooftop washing line. Rafi described how his impression of the operation was ‘chaos’ and the ‘indiscriminate use of force’. ‘Gaza was considered a playground for sharpshooters,’ he said. [20]

The explanations that issue forth to justify attacks by Israeli Defence Forces hold less and less validity when such an unspoken policy exists as well as the numerous occasions of attacks in the refugee camps. When teenagers and children have been killed the Israeli military issues standard denials that anything untoward has taken place. How tragically ironic it surely is to see another kind holocaust going on in the occupied territories.


“(The Palestinians) would be crushed like grasshoppers … heads smashed against the boulders and walls.”

— Israeli Prime Minister Yitzhak Shamir in a speech to Jewish settlers New York Times April 1, 1988


The baby in the photo (right) was killed by a bullet to the head during Operation Cast Lead in Gaza. He is of one of thousands over the years, yet Israel is still considered a democracy.

What if it were your little niece or nephew?2308984369_6ef2825b9c_o

Your baby son or daughter?
Asma, 16, and her younger brother Ahmed, are typical examples of more “collateral.” They were both shot through the head by an Israeli soldier: “as they fed their pigeons and collected the laundry from the roof of their home in Rafah refugee camp.” Yet, just hours after the deaths Israeli officials were busy blaming Palestinians suggesting that the children had been planting bombs or killed accidentally by other external factors despite clear evidence to the contrary:

Dr Ahmed Abu Nkaria, who pronounced the Mughayar children dead, insists on proving the manner of their killing. He pulls Asma’s body from the mortuary’s refrigeration unit and fumbles through the teenager’s hair to reveal the hole where the bullet entered above one ear and ripped a much larger wound as it emerged above the other.

“The Israeli propaganda is that they were killed in a work accident. These are the kinds of lies they tell all the time,” he says. “They say all the dead are fighters. They say they do not deliberately kill children, but about a quarter of the dead from the first day of shooting are children. The evidence is here in the morgue. Does this girl look as if she was blown up by a bomb?” […]

Ahmed lies with 14 other bodies … He was a small boy who could not easily be mistaken for a man.

Dr Nkaria rolls the child over to show a tiny round hole in his forehead, just above his fringe. There is a much larger hole at the back of the head where the bullet came out. Neither Asma nor Ahmed show signs of any other injuries, particularly of the kind that might be expected from a blast, such as shrapnel spread across the body, burns, or mutilation.

“This is what the Israelis claim is a ‘work accident’,” Dr Nkaria says ….”This is Ibrahim Alqun. He is 14 years old. He was shot in the back of the head. The bullet came out of his right eye,” he says. The child’s face is badly mutilated by the wound. The bodies of the children continued to pile up in the mortuary yesterday.

Saber Abu Libda, 13, was shot dead by Israeli soldiers after he left his home in Tel al-Sultan in the morning to find water for his family. Dr Nkaria’s finger probes a tiny hole in the small child’s back which masks the devastation done to his heart as the bullet shot through it. “No one can say this child was a fighter. Look at the size of him and look where they shoot him – in the back, not coming to attack someone,” the doctor says. [21]

PALESTINIAN-ISRAEL-CONFLICT-GAZA

A Palestinian rescue worker carries the body of a child from the al-Dallu family into the hospital in Gaza City on November 18, 2012, after seven members of theal-Dallu family, including four children, were among nine people killed when an Israeli missile struck a family home in Gaza City, the health ministry said. AFP PHOTO/MOHAMMED ABED


The cases of children and teenagers being shot in cold-blood are numerous and amount to daily executions. A climate of fear is a constant part of Palestinian lives in the occupied territories and refugee camps.

Take the 2004 case of 13 year-old Iman walking to school and who accidentally found herself in Israeli army’s “forbidden zone” at the bottom of her street. It was broad daylight; she was carrying her satchel and wearing her school uniform. Only a few minutes later “the short, slight child was pumped with bullets. Doctors counted at least 17 wounds and said much of her head was destroyed.”

Standard denials followed from the military unit responsible for killing the school-girl. This was followed by an initial army investigation that cleared the commander of the unit of any wrong doing, despite his own soldiers accusing him of “… giving the order to shoot knowing the target was a young girl, and of then emptying the clip of his automatic rifle into her.”

Some Palestinian witnesses gave detailed descriptions as to what happened to Iman. Basim Breaka saw the killing from his living room: “Some soldiers were lying on the ground and shooting very heavily toward her,” …Then one of the soldiers walked to her and emptied his clip into her. For sure, she died on the second or third bullet. I could see her lying on the ground, not moving. I can’t imagine why that soldier wanted to shoot her after she was dead.” [22]

A prosecution case was brought by the family of Iman Darweesh al-Hams due to the lightness of the charges brought against the commander who was “reprimanded in custody.” Not one month later a tape surfaced showing exactly what happened to Iman and who was responsible. The whole Israeli unit continued firing at Iman well after she had been identified as a “frightened child,” and illustrated that both the unit and the commander were culpable. In the recorded exchanges someone in the operations room asks:

Iyman_Al_Hams1

Iman Al Hams was a 13-year-old Palestinian girl killed by Israel Defense Forces fire near a military observation post in a “no-man’s” zone near the Philadelphi Route on 5 October 2004, in Rafah in the Gaza Strip. (wikipedia)

“Are we talking about a girl under the age of 10?” The observation post, housed in a watchtower, replies: “It’s a little girl. She’s running defensively eastwards, a girl of about 10. She’s behind the embankment, scared to death.”

Not until four minutes later was it reported that the girl had been hit and had fallen. The observation post reports: “Receive, I think that one of the positions took her out.” … Operations room: “What, she fell?” Observation post: “She’s not moving right now.”

The tape records the commander as telling his men, after firing at the girl with an automatic weapon and declaring he has “confirmed” the killing: “Anyone who’s mobile, moving in the zone, even if it’s a three-year-old, needs to be killed.”

The soldiers said that the commander had fired two shots at the girl from close range as she lay on the ground before withdrawing, turning and “emptying his magazine” by firing some 10 bullets at her body. This account is broadly confirmed by the terms of the indictment issued this week. [23]

The Commander, “Captain R.” was subsequently acquitted and within a few months promoted to the rank of major. To further compound the misery of the al-Hams family the former Captain received “82,000 New Israel Shekels (roughly $17,000) to compensate him for his defense expenditures and time spent in jail.” [24] [25]

The family’s lawyer summed their feelings in a statement to the press believing that “… the commanders and the soldiers who fired should all have been charged with murder.”

Israel Gaza Conflict Enters Fourth Week

A homeless Palestinian girl stands in a burnt classroom at a United Nations school after it was hit by Israeli shelling on January 17, 2009 in Beit Lahia. | Photo: UNRWA photographer Iyad El-Baba/Electronic Intifada

In the summer of the same year Israeli soldiers killed a 13-year-old Palestinian girl as she was playing football near her home in southern Gaza. “Medics said teenager Sara Mahmud Zurub was shot in the chest in an outlying neighbourhood of the city of Khan Yunis on Monday and died on the way to the hospital.” The report also lists a separate incident where soldiers “soldiers shot dead a 50-year-old Palestinian woman in the south of the territory. The army claimed it had fired towards a site where mortars were allegedly fired from.” [26]

4 year-old Raghda al-Assar died in September 2004 of wounds she sustained two weeks before. She had been shot in the head by Israeli soldiers while sitting at her desk at elementary UNRWA school, in the southern Gaza Strip city of Khan Yunis: “The shooting began when Palestinian militants who oppose the Israeli occupation of Gaza launched a series of missiles at a nearby Jewish settlement. The UN says that the soldiers shot indiscriminately into the crowded refugee camp for more than half an hour.” “Headmistress Um Khalid says the incident has caused a lot of fear among her pupils, with some crying uncontrollably and others too afraid to come to school.” [27]

On the same day in Rafah, a 16-year-old Palestinian Mahmud Said Qishta, was playing outside his home in Rafah “when he inadvertently stepped on an explosive device left behind by the Israeli army.” He later died of his wounds. [28] Nor is this “careless” use of explosives exceptional. On Nov. 22, 2001, five Palestinian school boys ages 7 to 14 were on their way to classes in the Gaza strip when they were killed by a bomb planted by Israeli forces Palestinian children bid farewell to their deceased playmates, killed by a booby-trapped bomb planted on the path to their school by the child-killing Israeli army. [29]

While in March of 2008 in the Jabalya refugee camp 12 year-old Sami Abu Salem was killed by an Israeli sniper bullet. “An ambulance tried to reach her but Israeli soldiers opened fire at it, wounding a paramedic and causing the tires to lose air, and so she bled to death three hours after she was wounded.” [30]

Palestinian doctors and paramedics have been considered as targets by the Israeli military when attempting to rescue victims. In March 4, 2001 57-year-old Dr. Khalil Suleiman was killed while Israeli military opened fire on the ambulance attending to victims in the Jenin refugee camp. Three paramedics including a 9-year-old girl were wounded. [31] Tragedies and atrocities frequently occur at check-point crossing reminiscent of Nazi Germany: “An ill, one-year-old Palestinian baby died in his father’s arms on Sunday after the pair passed several hours under baking sun waiting to cross from the Gaza Strip into Israel, medics said. Ibrahim Abu Nahel and his father arrived at the Erez border crossing between Gaza and Israel at 8 a.m. on Sunday.” [32]

In 2008 Ramallah, an Israeli soldier received only 28 days confinement for causing the death of a Palestinian pre-term baby at a Hawara checkpoint near Nablus city. Israeli troops at the checkpoint “… prevented him and his pregnant wife from crossing the point in order to go to hospital despite the fact that his wife was bleeding. “… as they were waiting, his wife gave birth to their son Zaid who lived just for a few moments and after one hour and a half Palestinian paramedics arrived at the checkpoint and completed the birth process to save the life of his wife.” [33]

1_882127_1_341-horz

Palestinian girls traumatised at funerals of relatives and siblings | AFP

Harassment by Israeli border guards and airport security officials also takes place in the jolly land of Palestinian occupied rule. Israeli officials have been strip-searching girls as young as seven inflicting humiliation and indignity upon Muslims and Christians under the amused gaze of Israeli armed guards. Like so much Israeli unofficial policy it serves as another tool of psychological torture that pressures Palestinians not to return to Palestine.

One example comes from Oregon attorney Hala Gores from a Palestinian Christian family in Nazareth who had to leave due to Israeli discrimination and was strip-searched at just 10 years-old: “Gores has never returned to her family’s ancestral home in Nazareth, she says, in part because she does not want to repeat the experience of having no control over what is done to her. The Israeli policy appears to target only Christian and Muslim children, and is equally applied to those with Israeli citizenship and citizenship in other countries, including native-born Americans. There are no reports of Jewish children being strip-searched.” [34]

Perhaps one of the worst years for children murdered in the operations mounted by the Israeli military in Gaza was from June – September, 2006. Figures from the Palestinian Centre of Human Rights (PCHR) [35] put’s the whole tragic mess into perspective:

  • Bara Nasser Habib, 3 (hit by shrapnel to the head and body, Gaza City, 26 July)
  • Shahed Saleh Al-Sheikh Eid, 3 days old (bled to death after airstrike, Al-Shouka, 4 August)
  • Rajaa Salam Abu Shaban, 3 (died of fractured skull in air raid, Gaza City, 9 August) 
  • Jihad Selmi Abu Snaima, 14 (killed by a shell, Al-Shoukha, 10 september)
  • Khaled Nidal Wahba, 15 months (died of wounds from an airstrike, 10 July)
  • Rawan Farid Hajjaj, 6 (killed with his mother and sister in an airstrike, Gaza City, 8 July)
  • Anwar Ismail Abdul Ghani Atallah, 12 (shot in the head, Erez, 5 July) 
  • Shadi Yousef Omar 16 (shot in the chest by IDF, Beit Lahya, 7 July)
  • Mahfouth Farid Nuseir, 16 (killed by missile while playing football, Beit Hanoun, 11 July)
  • Ahmad Ghalib Abu Amsha, 16, (killed by missile while playing football, Beit Hanoun, 11 July)
  • Ahmad Fathi Shabat, 16 (killed by missile while playing football, Beit Hanoun, 11 July)
  • Walid Mahmoud El-Zeinati, 12 (died of shrapnel wounds, Gaza City, 11 July)
  • Basma Salmeya, 16 (killed in Israeli airstrike, 12 July, Jabalia)
  • Somaya Salmeya, 17 (killed in Israeli airstrike, 12 July, Jabalia)
  • Aya Salmeya, 9 (killed in Israeli airstrike, Jabalia, 12 July)
  • Yehya Salmeya, 10 (killed in Israeli airstrike, Jabalia, 12 July)
  • Nasr Salmeya, 7 (killed in Israeli airstrike, Jabalia, 12 July)
  • Huda Salmeya, 13 (killed in Israeli airstrike, Jabalia, 12 July)
  • Eman Salmeya, 12 (killed in Israeli airstrike, Jabalia, 12 July)
  • Raji Omar Jaber Daifallah, 16 (died of shrapnel wounds from missile, Gaza City, 13 July)
  • Ali Kamel Al-Najjar, 16 (killed by Israeli tank shell, Al-Maghazi refugee camp, 19 July)
  • Ahmed Ali Al-Na’ami, 16 (killed by Israeli tank shell, Al-Maghazi refugee camp, 19 July)
  • Ahmed Rawhi Abu Abdu, 14 (killed by drone missile, Al Nusairat refugee camp, 19 July)
  • Mohammed ‘awad Muhra, 14 (killed by Israeli bullet to the chest, Al-Maghazi refugee camp, 20 July)
  • Fadwa Faisal Al-‘arrouqi, 13 (died from shrapnel wounds, Gaza City, 20 July)
  • Saleh Ibrahim Nasser, 14 (killed by artillery fire, Beit Hanoun, 24 July)
  • Khitam Mohammed Rebhi Tayeh, 11 (killed by artillery fire, Beit Hanoun, 24 July)
  • Ashraf ‘abdullah ‘awad Abu Zaher, 14 (shot in the back, Khan Younis, 25 July)
  • Nahid Mohammed Fawzi Al-Shanbari, 16 (killed by artillery fire, Beit Hanoun, 31 July)
  • ‘aaref Ahmed Abu Qaida, 14 (killed by artillery fire, Beit Hanoun, 1 August)
  • Anis Salem Abu Awad, 12 (killed by airstike, Al-Shouka, 2 August)
  • Ammar Rajaa Al-Natour, 17 (killed by drone missile, Al Shouka, 5 August)
  • Kifah Rajaa Al-Natour, 15 (killed by drone missile, Al Shouka, 5 August)
  • Ibrahim Suleiman Al-Rumailat, 13 (killed by drone missile, Al Shouka, 5 August)
  • Ahmed Yousef ‘abed ‘Aashour, 13 (killed by missile fire, Beit Hanoun, 14 August)
  • Mohammed ‘Abdullah Al-Ziq, 14 (killed by drone missile, Gaza City, 29 August)
  • Nidal ‘abdul ‘aziz Al-Dahdouh, 14 (killed by rifle fire, Gaza City, 30 August)
  • Jihad Selmi Abu Snaima, 14 (killed by artillery fire, Rafah, 10 September

Not content in assassinating Palestinian youth the Zionist state imprisons children they do not kill. Human rights violations and forced labour form the basis of life inside prisons. From the authors of Stolen Youth: The Politics of Israel’s Detention of Palestinian Children prison is not only a central feature of Palestinian life, but part of Israel’s system of control “permeating every aspect of Palestinian life. It is a system backed by legal, political, economic, cultural and psychological structures, and designed to keep more than 3 million people under submission,” 600,000 Palestinians of whom have spent time in prison since 1967. [36]

The expertly researched book records the daily horrors of Palestinian children who are arrested: “… at checkpoints, on the street, or at their homes by heavily armed Israeli soldiers in the middle of the night. The soldiers take them to detention centres in Israeli settlements or military camps… the children are interrogated. This almost always involves some form of torture or abuse, including sleep and food deprivation, threatening language, beatings with heavy batons, being punched and kicked, as well as being tied in painful and contorted positions for long periods of time …” [37]

Astonishingly, a police state applies to Palestinians who are under military law whilst Israelis enjoy the privileges of their own civil law. Interrogation is then followed by a military court or virtual Star Chamber that decides the fate of children designed to try adults. This is due to “The [Israeli military] court’s definition of a child [being] a person who hasn’t yet reached the age of 14. A child between 14 and 16 ‘is a big child’ and if more than 16, an adult.” [38] Despite the UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, defining a “child” as any individual under the age of eighteen years, for the Israeli military court system, this can be discarded according to their own whims and preferences. This means that a child of fourteen who has thrown stones at armoured tanks or soldiers equipped with riot gear and weapons with live rounds can be plucked from his bed at night, face a pseudo-military court, be tortured and abused and while absent for his or her trial, face many months in jail.

seamac-ad-childprisoner2-horz

Children a Rahfar border refugee camp – “the largest concentration camp”

Children often find themselves signing confession forms which are either entirely fictitious or distorted. In effect, these children are duped into signing false confessions along with a hefty fine rather than a release form. As all legal documents are in Hebrew as well as being terrified out of their wits it is little wonder that they end up part of the prison population rather than back with their families. Once the children are under prison control the absence of freedom exercised by Israeli military police even extends to bodily functions since “detainees are not allowed to use the toilet and are forced to relieve themselves while fully clothed in the presence of others.” [39]

Pretty much standard protocol in the use of torture.

Describing the pattern of invasive tactics that lead to detention, Murad Abu Judeh, a seventeen-year-old male resident of al-Arroub refugee camp in Hebron district, recalls:

We heard a very loud knock on the door … fifteen soldiers entered the house, three of them were masked and wearing civilian clothes. One of the masked soldiers asked me my name and for my ID card. I went to my room in order to bring the ID and one of the soldiers followed me. When I bent over to get the key for my drawer he kicked me on my back six times, pushing me to the ground. He searched my drawer, then grabbed me by my neck and took me back to the main room where I found the soldiers had upturned our furniture. The masked soldier whispered in my ear, “We’ll rape you one by one.” [40]

It is not just Palestinian children who have died in the continuing conflict that defines Arab-Israeli relations. Israeli children too have to shelter from the constant threat of Hamas fired missiles. Ambushes by Palestinian militants also occur though attacks on Israeli civilians are relatively uncommon by comparison. However, in one particularly brutal incident condemned by Amnesty international as a crime against humanity a pregnant mother of eight months and her four children were executed by a militant Palestinian group. [41]  Atrocities will happen when people have known nothing but violence and oppression since birth and when the total disregard for life is simply mirrored back to the perpetrators of the daily crimes from the Zionist state.

So, you see, maybe some Israelis and some Jews can celebrate in the confines of the cinema and enjoy the shedding of Nazi blood in cathartic kosher-porn of gore.  But when victims rule by perpetrating genocide upon their Arab neighbours who are in reality their brothers and sisters … Then it makes a mockery of remembrance; with Yahweh laughing down through the ages at the success of his child sacrifice. For some a promised land is worth thousands of children’s lives as long as they’re mostly Palestinian.

This post is dedicated to all those Israelis, Jews and Palestinians who join together to resist evil and work for peace.

1324612590_9a682f7acd

“Little Handala”


 See also: Rogue state: Declassified Israeli docs spell out 60-year-long strategy to ethnically cleanse Arabs

normanfinkelstein-reaction

Occupation1012Occupation 101

Occupation 101 – Official Movie (1 of 7) in High-Definition – New Digitally Remastered Version. Award-winning documentary film on the roots of the Palestine-Israel conflict and U.S. Government involvement.


The following graphs and many other details on the Israeli occupation can be found at www.ifamericansknew.org

The Israeli-Palestinian conflict is one of the world’s major sources of instability. Americans are directly connected to this conflict, and increasingly imperiled by its devastation. It is the goal of If Americans Knew to provide full and accurate information on this critical issue, and on our power – and duty – to bring a resolution.

Please click on any statistic for the source and more information.

Statistics Last Updated: March 5, 2014

Israeli and Palestinian Children Killed
September 29, 2000 – Present

129 Israeli children have been killed by Palestinians and 1,523 Palestinian children have been killed by Israelis since September 29, 2000. (View Sources & More Information)

Chart showing that approximately 12 times more Palestinian children have been killed than Israeli children

Israelis and Palestinians Killed
September 29, 2000 – Present

Chart showing that 6 times more Palestinians have been killed than Israelis.

1,109 Israelis and at least 6,862 Palestinians have been killed since September 29, 2000. (View Sources & More Information)

Israelis and Palestinians Injured
September 29, 2000 – Present

8,550 Israelis and 54,761 Palestinians have been injured since September 29, 2000. (View Sources & More Information.)

Chart showing that Palestinians are injured at least six times more often than Israelis.

Daily U.S. Military Aid to Israel and the Palestinians
Fiscal Year 2013

Chart showing that the United States gives Israel $8.2 million per day in military aid and no military aid to the Palestinians.

During Fiscal Year 2013, the U.S. is providing Israel with at least $8.5 million per day in military aid and $0 in military aid to the Palestinians. (View Sources & More Information)

UN Resolutions Targeting Israel and the Palestinians
1955 – 1992

Israel has been targeted by at least 77 UN resolutions and the Palestinians have been targeted by 1. (View Sources & More Information)

Chart showing that Israel has been targeted by 77 UN resolutions, while the Palestinians have been targeted by 1.

Current Number of Political Prisoners and Detainees

Chart showing that Israel is holding 5,023 Palestinians prisoner.

0 Israelis are being held prisoner by Palestinians, while 5,023 Palestinians are currently imprisoned by Israel. (View Sources & More Information)

Demolitions of Israeli and Palestinian Homes
1967 – Present

0 Israeli homes have been demolished by Palestinians and at least 27,000 Palestinian homes have been demolished by Israel since 1967. (View Sources & More Information)

Chart showing that 24,145 Palestinian homes have been demolished, compared to no Israeli homes.

Israeli and Palestinian Unemployment Rates

Chart depicting the fact that the Palestinian unemployment is around 4 times the Israeli unemployment rate.

The Israeli unemployment rate is 6.8%, while the Palestinian unemployment in the West Bank is 22.5% and 22.5% in Gaza. (View Sources & More Information)

Current Illegal Settlements on the Other’s Land

Israel currently has 262 Jewish-only settlements and ‘outposts’ built on confiscated Palestinian land. Palestinians do not have any settlements on Israeli land. (View Sources & More Information)

Chart showing that Israel has 227 Jewish-only settlements on Palestinian land.
Note:  All photos from the occupied territories courtesy of “Children of Palestine”  at Occupied Palestine. The photos are graphic and extremely disturbing. If you want to see the reality of Israeli occupation visited upon families in Palestine then look at these photos and channel this anger and outrage constructively – Seek to understand and raise awareness of these issues with others. Let’s end the dominance of psychopaths infiltrating our social systems and subverting them toward greed, poverty, war and ecological disaster.
 

Notes

[1] ‘Hollywood’s Jewish Avenger’ By Jeffery Steinberg, The Atlantic Magazine, September 2009. “Roth told me recently that Inglourious Basterds falls into a subgenre he calls “kosher porn.” “It’s almost a deep sexual satisfaction of wanting to beat Nazis to death, an orgasmic feeling,” Roth said. “My character gets to beat Nazis to death. That’s something I could watch all day. My parents are very strong about Holocaust education. My grandparents got out of Poland and Russia and Austria, but their relatives did not.”
[2] ‘Inglourious Basterds: When Jews Attack’ Daniel Mendelsohn, Newsweek. August 14, 2009.
[3] ‘Inglorious Indeed’. Tablet Magazine, by Liel Liebovitz, September 9, 2009.
[4] ‘Israelis go wild for Tarantino’s Inglourious Basterds’ By Sara Miller, Haaretz, September 16 2009.
[5] ‘Remember these Children 2000’: a coalition of groups calling for an end to the killing of children and a fair resolution of the conflict. http://www.rememberthesechildren.org/
[6] B’Tselem, The Israeli Center for Human Rights in the Occupied Territories. (Visit their statistics page, last updated September 30, 2011.)
[7] The United Nations Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA) has collected data on both Israeli and Palestinian injuries since 2005. Their Protection of Civilians: Casualties Database provides careful and detailed documentation for each recorded injury, including location, gender, age, type of weapon used, context and incident type, and nationality of both the offender and the injured.
[8] International Middle East Media Center, “Gaza’s Ministry Of Detainees: ‘There Are 5,300 Detainees Still Imprisoned By Israel’” (October 21, 2011)
[9] The Israeli Committee Against Home Demolitions estimates that 24,813 houses have been demolished in the West Bank, East Jerusalem and Gaza since 1967 (as of July 28, 2010).
[10] CIA World Factbook on Israel, the CIA World Factbook on the West Bank, and the CIA World Factbook on Gaza. All 3 are the estimates for 2010.
[11] Americans for Peace Now’s “Facts on the Ground” Map Project, (www.peacenow.org) there are 171 official Israeli settlements and 101 informal outposts on Palestinian land. APN’s interactive settlement map shows the name, location, and population for each settlement and outpost on Palestinian territory, all of which are considered illegal under international law.
[12] op. cit. Shahak (p.76)
[13] ‘Israeli army murders 3-year-old girl inside her house’ Al-Jazeera, January 26, 2005.
[14] ‘Israelis Murder Palestinian Family: Mother and three children’ Los Angeles Times, March 4, 2002.
[15] Ibid.
[16] ‘Israelis Kill Baby Girl and School-Teacher, Wound Ten other Children in Refugee Camp’ New York Times, March 16, 2001, (p. A-10)
[17] ‘Israel: Investigate ‘White Flag’ Shootings of Gaza Civilians’ Internal Israeli Military Investigations Inadequate Human Rights Watch, August 13, 2009. / ‘Israel: Gaza Ground Offensive Raises Laws of War Concerns’ Both Sides Must Take ‘All Feasible Precautions’ to Protect Civilians, Human Rights Watch, January 5, 2009 | Massacre of Palestinian Women and Children – Israel’s “Cloud of Autumn” Massacre in Gaza, Global Research, November 10, 2006.
[18] American Educational Trust, 2005. http://www.remberthesechildren.org,
[19] ‘Israel raid ‘could be war crime’’ BBC News, 15 September 2008. / ‘Criticism of Israeli War Crimes Mounts’ by Jonathan Cook, January 10, 2009.
[20] “Israeli soldiers reveal official ‘hoot to kill’policy towards Palestinian civilians” By Rick Kelly, World Socialist Website, wsws.org, 15 September 2005. “The soldier explained how there was a general culture of impunity within his unit, including with regard to the killing of Palestinian children. The attitude was, ‘so kids get killed,’ he said. “For a soldier it means nothing.”
[21] ‘Palestinian doctors despair at rising toll of children shot dead by army snipers’ by Chris McGreal in Rafah, The Guardian, May 20, 2004.
[22] ‘Israelis fired on girl ‘having identified her as a 10-year-old’, military tape shows’ By Donald Macintyre in Jerusalem, The Independent, 24 November 2004.
[23] Ibid.
[24] ‘Inquiry faults probe of Gaza girl’s killing’ By Amos Harel, Haaretz February 18, 2006.
[25] ‘Court: Iman al-Hams death may have been prevented’ Ynet News, January 7, 2007.
[26] ‘Israeli soldiers kill teenage girl’ 26 Jul 2004, Al-Jazeera.
[27] ‘Gaza’s tragic classroom casualties’ BBC News, 27 Sep 2004.
[28] Ibid.
[29] ‘On The Way To School,’ Gideon Levy, Haaretz, Nov. 26, 2001: “…places explosive charges where children are likely to pass and then claims that only the other side practices terrorism?”
[30] ‘Israeli sniper bullet takes 12-year-old girl’s life’ Diaries: Live from Palestine, Electronic Intifada, 9 March 2008,
[31] op. cit. Los Angeles Times, March 5, 2002.
[32] ‘Gazan baby dies after 4-hour wait to cross border’ Agence France Presse, August 27, 2007.
[33] ‘Israeli officer who caused death of Palestinian baby sentenced to 28 days’ September 13, 2008.
[34] ‘Humiliation and Child Abuse at Israeli Checkpoints Strip-Searching Children’ by Alison Weir, CounterPunch, March 15, 2007.
[35] ‘Gaza: The children killed in a war the world doesn’t want to know about’ By Donald Macintyre, The Independent, 19 September 2006.
[36] p.7; Stolen Youth: The Politics of Israel’s Detention of Palestinian Children by Catherine Cook, Adam Hanieh, Adah Kay, London and Sterling, VA: Pluto Press, in association with Defence for Children International: Palestine Section, 2004. | ISBN-10: 0745321615 | The authors of Stolen Youth worked for Defense for Children International/Palestine Section (DCI/PS) between 1999-2003. Their work is based on the human rights reports of B’Tselem, The Israeli Information Centre for Human Rights in the Occupied Territories, Physicians for Human Rights, the Gaza Community Mental Health Program, on the DCI/PS case files, the Israeli press, and their own research, the interviews and testimonies of children, lawyers, advocates, and families.
[37] op. cit. Cook, Hanieh and Kay (p.5)
[38] Ibid.
[39] op. cit. Cook, Hanieh, and Kay (p. 81)
[40] op. cit. Cook,Hanieh, and Kay (p. 53) [DCI/PS case file, 17A/2001].
[41] ‘Pregnant mum and four children gunned down’ The Sydney Morning Herald. May 3, 2004.

Religious Authoritarians I

By M.K. Styllinski

“When fascism comes to America, it will be wrapped in the flag and carrying the cross.”

Sinclair Lewis


Guns, movies, fast-food, cheerleaders, the Super-Bowl, Disney and democracy might be some of things that first come to mind when you think of America. Religion and conservatism may be other keywords. What about fascism and authoritarianism? How many of us would think that the last four descriptors are gateways into perhaps the most important socio-cultural and geo-political shifts taking place in the US in its relatively short history? Well, you’d have to have been living under a rock not to notice the huge shifts in American society away from principles of a Republic let alone a perceived democracy. The evolution (or devolution) of the United States has drastic implications for every one of us, regardless of our geographical locations.

Some would think fascism – or Eternal Fascism as Umberto Eco preferred to call it – has long since been left for the historians to ponder and for us to thank our lucky stars that we are no longer part of the original rip-tide. Some would say that this perception has largely been buried in the emotional refuse tips of our tragic past. The problem is, past events are never really buried or forgotten. “Past is prologue.” We either learn to recognise the shoots of extremism or we choose to ignore them once again. By doing the latter we ensure that the old dark ways that led to the manifestations of our collective imbalance are unearthed, brushed off and given a fresh new lick of paint from the propaganda can. We ensure that they return stronger than ever with the power of technological advances gained from the innovations of war and the ever booming arms trade.

The result of the Second World War was over 65 million dead and millions more wounded; children orphaned; families broken up and generations left to cope with undiagnosed and endemic Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). The irony is, after such intense suffering, and with the healing balm of time attending to these wounds, the immediacy of the slaughter no longer shocks us. The Brave New World of an emerging Technocracy has dulled our critical faculties and heightened the need to escape; to forget the reasons why such evil manifested and why the Hysteriodal Cycle is coursing up through the our collective roots once again.

Much has been written on the possibility that The United States of America has succumbed to an irreversible form of fascism. It is an emotive word. We think of jackboots, Hitler’s speeches at Nuremberg, the concentration camps and the infamous swastika flag. Theories as to why such extremism has nestled its way into seemingly democratic structures have been thrashed out, discussed and debated; seemingly watertight beliefs and academic comfort zones have been erected to ensure such a mind-set could never return. Yet, it is surely evident that the desire to control and subdue sentient life by a trenchant minority could never have died. Indeed, there was no “return” to Nazism as it never went away, it merely adapted and clothed itself in new labels and ideological forms taking advantage of already established pathological channels laid down decades before.

Many of the architects of the Bush administration bulldozed their way to power on the platform of Project for the New American Century a Neo-Conservative blueprint for distinctly American-Zionist control. [1] The 9/11 attacks fit snugly into their overall game-plan for perpetual war, with the “war on terror” acting as a pretext for the needed climate of fear. But Neo-Conservatism was merely one strain in the ponerogenesis of the US socio-economic model that has proved convenient. While Neo-Con hawks were used to push through the Invasion of Iraq, religious authoritarianism has simply jumped onto to the next available grouping in government. So grave is the pathological dominance in the US administration it matters little who holds the reins of power. Be it Republican or Democrat, the American political system is broken and it is beyond repair. Perhaps it was always designed to fail.

george_w_bushObama12Marketing puppets has never been easier

Of course, the Neo-Conservatives are only one facet of an socio-political canker which gives rise to progressively extreme forms of social domination. Think tanks, occult groupings and various forms of social engineering sourced from a Conservative, Liberal and Zionist Establishment are all seeking to wage war on the normal man and woman, albeit  employing differing geo-political strategies. What they all have in common is psychopaths in power attempting to extract piecemeal, the soul of normal humanity – the recurrent psychophagic stratagem.

The roots of American fascism and their manifestations are complex but they follow recognisable patterns of emergence. The time-honoured practice of pathogenic infection demands a suitable platform of social unrest on which to ferment its ideas and mimic the original good intentions of its targeted host. Elaborate theories and seminal justifications are clothed with corporate suits and dignified by official titles and boardroom meetings. It takes time, effort and persistence; it requires the creation of conditions through which the spark of justification can be lit amid a tinderbox of future possibilities. The United States of America has now carved out such a role for itself.

It would be foolish to think that George W. Bush had the mental wherewithal to actually embody the presidential traits that we wistfully longed for. It is even more foolish to think that after such a caricature,  the “Hope and Change” marketing of Obamamania and its Nuremberg rallies of wilful blindness could ever deliver the goods. For many at the time there was a sense that maybe … just maybe he could light the blue touch paper that could lead to an illumination rather than a decimation of inner values. But it was not to be. True to wishful thinking and hi-tec propaganda a sizable proportion of the American electorate even now, still believe that Obama will eventually turn the country around. A tall order for any politician but an impossible for one who hasn’t keep any of his many promises  and even worse, has extended the Bush Reich legacy in ways undreamt of. Obama, like Bush, serves corporate interests and corporatism is inextricably bound to the erosion of civil liberties and the dominance of cartel capitalism.

Psychologists from National Science Foundation and the National Institutes of Health, came to some unexpected conclusions – at least for the Neo-Conservative congressman and officials –  with their extensive research paper titled: “Political Conservatism as Motivated Social Cognition.” The report, which cost $1.2m in public funds, found that “conservatism can be explained psychologically as a set of neuroses rooted in ‘fear and aggression, dogmatism and the intolerance of ambiguity’.” The authors stated that many proponents of conservatism from the past and present all: “preached a return to an idealised past and condoned inequality” The document linked Hitler, Mussolini, Ronald Reagan and the right-wing talk show host, Rush Limbaugh, as all suffering from the same “affliction.” Bush Jr. himself was cited as a textbook case in which his moral certainty, dislike of nuance: “… can lead people to cling to the familiar, to arrive at premature conclusions, and to impose simplistic clichés and stereotypes.” [2]

Similarly, there is the threat of what has been called inverted totalitarianism where the likes of Obama supporters and so-called “progressive” liberals of the left can unwittingly contribute to the formation of a “soft” dictatorship due to a highly subjective and juvenile rendering of reality. This is a wide open door to psychopathy and their toxic influences. It doesn’t matter if you are pushing a socialist dream or a conservative ideal or even a mixture of the two, both visions have been and will be used to supply the psychophagic supply for social dominance. Indeed, the discourse of disbelief serves to speed their manifestation. It is no coincidence that religious fanaticism underlies most of the current lines of high-level psychopathy in the country. It has encompassed a history of fear and social control over which the State and Church have presided. Keep in mind the nature of political ponerology as we look at authoritarianism, and those predisposed to follow it. In the next few posts we will look at some of the effects of this authoritarianism in the context of religion and conservative politics.

In 2006, Professor Bob Altemeyer, Associate Professor at the Department of Psychology University of Manitoba in Winnipeg, Canada, published an online e-book entitled: The Authoritarians containing some of his thirty-year research into authoritarianism, its leaders and those personalities likely to end up as followers. His findings provided valuable information as to why it was that historically our collective beliefs – and usually our religious ones – led to such catastrophic consequences.

Altemeyer used an array of carefully designed surveys and role-playing methodologies to obtain some rich data on the nature of the authoritarian and social dominator qualities from thousands of university students and their various personality profiles. His research provides another window into normal folks alongside the minds of the psychopath, characteropath, narcissist and most importantly those that are predisposed to comply with authoritarian influence (which means a large percentage of us!) A brief detour into his findings will provide a platform for furthering understanding of social psychopathy and the descriptions of organised social abuse within the establishment that follows.

ALTEMEYER

Bob Altemeyer

What is authoritarianism? According to the Encyclopaedia-Britannica/Merriam-Webster Dictionary: “of, relating to, or favouring blind submission to authority.” It is also historically associated with “relating to, or favouring a concentration of power in a leader or an elite not constitutionally responsible to the people [i.e.] an authoritarian regime.”

So, how is it that authoritarianism manages to gain any kind of foothold in the mass populace? That’s where the authoritarian followers come in, sweeping the leaders to power on a tide of rhetoric, wishful thinking, religious dogmatism and blind faith. They willingly submit to anything that acts like an overarching, parental figurehead that tells them what to do, whether it is through governments or from the pages of the Bible, though neither are mutually exclusive as we’ve discovered.

Altemeyer places the right-wing authoritarian personality at two levels: high and low. Both have the following traits with the Highs manifesting as the more extreme version: 1) a high degree of submission to the established, legitimate authorities in their society; 2) high levels of aggression in the name of their authorities; and 3) a high level of conventionalism. He stresses that these are personality traits and not necessarily indicative of political preference which means he uses “right-wing” to encompass both left and right expressions of that personality, but there is a much higher incidence of authoritarianism in religiously-inclined Republicans.

What makes these personalities so amenable to psychopaths and other social dominators who insinuate themselves into power is the naive ease to which they submit to their “parent / teacher” figures. They joyfully believe in their own exceptionalism and project onto their leaders similar rarefied qualities which they consider to be above the law. From this alone, you can already see the seeds of tyranny forming while right-wing authoritarians (RWAs) happily skip through the daisies, convinced they are on the side of God. In the short-term, authoritarian leaders need these followers to attain power as they are a vital stage in the potential for a Pathocracy to take over normal development of civilisations. These individuals are the crucial enablers without which many psychopathic leaders would not be able to reach the dizzy heights of power they so desperately covet.

Ideas of democracy are extremely plastic in the authoritarian follower’s mind, so that that they can be stretched out of all recognition if need be. As long as their beliefs and ideas are confirmed through Mummy and Daddy RWAs then all is well. Consequently, when folks with basic modes of critical thinking become alarmed by American citizens being assassinated without trial; unlawful wire-tapping; mass surveillance and embracing torture, authoritarian followers will continue munching their grass without batting an eye-lid. When the fourth and fifth amendments; the Bill of Rights; as well as habeas corpus, one of the oldest rights in Western law are routinely ignored; when an array of black operations, dirty tricks and Congressional corruption that would make any Catholic banker blush are routinely taking place, RWA followers would continue grazing, a few would twitch their tails, but overall, they’d remain unmoved.

From this data and more, Altemeyer confirms his own thoughts that the US is currently being ravaged by “… a militant authoritarianism that has become a cancer upon the nation.” The present day Empire of US-UK-Israeli interests can be understood as another way to describe ponerological dynamics in more simplistic but useful terms.

If RWAs are the proto-typical sheep, what happened to their thinking processes? Illogical thinking dominates and this is never good for getting on in life. It is dangerous because “… it shows that if authoritarian followers like the conclusion, the logic involved is pretty irrelevant.”

Altemeyer discovered further:

“The reasoning should justify the conclusion, but for a lot of high RWAs, the conclusion validates the reasoning. Such is the basis of many a prejudice, and many a Big Lie that comes to be accepted. Now one can easily overstate this finding. A lot of people have trouble with syllogistic reasoning, and high RWAs are only slightly more likely to make such mistakes than low RWAs are. But in general high RWAs seem to have more trouble than most people do realizing that a conclusion is false.” [3]

According Altemeyer’s extensive data, RWAs also scored highly on the practicing of double standards, hypocrisy, lying to themselves and running away from unpleasant truths about their carefully crafted self-image. Their self-awareness is residual which logically reflects their awareness of others and adds to the understanding about geo-political policy today, not least certain education curricula.

The other important trait that came up again and again was a “profound ethnocentrism” best personified with George W. Bush’s chilling statement: “If you’re not with us you’re with the terrorists.” It’s about the in-crowd and belonging; adhering to illusions of specialness and ideas of being the “chosen Ones,” which is why Zio-Conservatism makes such classic authoritarian belief partners. This is like a security system which prevents critical thinking and self-knowledge bringing together those that think alike, thus maintaining the illusion that not only does the world operate exclusively within such a reality it is the mission to extend that shared belief so that more and more people are contained within it.

Loyalty is a cardinal principle and the beliefs are fundamentally based on fear, lies and subjective interpretation so that the integrity of the belief structure is inherently weak long-term. Hence, more and more authoritarian methods are needed to prop it up in the face of encroaching objective evidence. But the unrivalled dogmatism will ensure that they and the group to which they are attached are always right. To question themselves is never an interesting or even necessary proposition. This loyalty and wilful blindess leads to gullibility and monumental gaps in the awareness of RWAs which means that once authoritarian followers are sufficiently mobilised they would find it easy to embrace a dictator.

RWAs are aggressive and bully their beliefs to the top. Very useful for psychopaths who want to outsource their nature and seed it in others for particular designs. The aggression is not the kind that looks for a fair fight but the kind that personifies “Might is Right” behind a big gun or a water cannon and a raft of riot police you can command and employ. As long as the RWA follower can get away with it and avoid responsibility for his actions then all is well. It is cowardly aggression behind closed doors and from the flick of fountain pen or keyboard stroke where tracks can be covered if necessary by shifting the blame to an unsuspecting minion. This bolsters his sense of superiority while pleasing daddy psychopath who will drop all kinds of tailored favours from above.

Conventionalism (often read as dull) is another defining characteristic of RWAs which means they lack the facility for imagination and abstract thought. To put it kindly, their feet are very much on the ground pointing in the direction of the known and familiar, shoe-shined and ready for inspection. But it doesn’t stop there. As a high percentage of RWAs are religious and fundamentalist this means that their beliefs do not just determine their life direction and perception of morals but the desire that those beliefs should be foisted on others, as a matter of course. When you have around 46 per cent of American adults believing that the earth is 10,000 years old thanks to Creationist views then this is enough to cause alarm concerning the sheer stupidity alone. Mixed in with authoritarianism – it’s a recipe for a horror flick. .” [4]

For RWAs, the fabric of their reality would be rent asunder of you not only had the temerity to question their beliefs but backed it up with deductive logic and concrete facts. In the authoritarian mind, that cannot be allowed to happen as behind the edifice and hot air there is a very fragile ego and if threatened by objective reality then all hell is let loose. Therefore, the “I am right you are wrong” mentality dominates even if the facts are as obvious as “the Earth is not flat,” the RWAs will insist that it is. And while such buffering can be understood in the kindergarten or playground in high level politics it becomes more than terrifying when applied to Middle Eastern politics. As Altemeyer mentions: “If their authorities endorse hostility, you can bet most authoritarian followers will be combative. A lot of high RWAs apparently do not think that the peacemakers will be blessed.”

And the results we can see before us.

Extend this principle into law and justice and Altemeyer found that while strongly endorsing capital punishment they would send anyone to jail regardless of race, sexuality or gender. Differences in degree such as rape as oppose to jay-walking – all received much longer sentences from high RWAs while going easy on the authorities if accused of any corruption, undue force, infringement of human rights etc. The benefits of capital punishment in the RWAs mind equate with the almost British Victorian ideas of family values where some fathers were expected to teach their sons the value of discipline and order by giving them a good leathering with the cane or belt and a good slap for the women should they step out of their designated role. That’ll knock some sense into them! Never did me any harm when my parents use to kick me down the stairs every morning before breakfast … Along those lines …

Pink Floyd - The Wall

Promotional poster detail from Gerald Scarfe’s artwork for Pink Floyd: The Wall (1980)

As RWAs are commonly religious, as they see it: placing the fear of God into criminals whom they consider to be way down the ladder of purity is the obvious choice. Since they believe they are currently poised, angel-like, on the highest rungs of the evolutionary ladder it is their duty to self-righteously view the hoi-polloi of ordinary people and manage their destiny for them. And if you don’t do as you’re told…Authoritarian followers have a nasty retributive streak that delights in the misery of those who have received their – as they see it – divinely administered comeuppance. Those that stray off the track of righteous get all they deserve. Compassion is a footnote in the high RWAs psyche (if it exists at all) and is habitually overridden by deep-seated anger and resentment which also means that if an outlet for that inner angst presents itself – they’ll take it. If persecution and torture for the Homeland is decreed normal – no problem. Rigging up electrodes on little grey-haired Auntie May who is thought to be harbouring Al-Qaeda agents under her “welcome” mat – I’m your man! Sign on the dotted line – no questions asked? Just how the RWAs like it. And Daddy dictator will love me. The authoritarian personality is Freud’s dream come true.

When the Bush-Cheney-Rumsfeld Reich decided to do just that and torture largely innocent Iraqis and those incarcerated in Guantánamo Bay under Obama’s “hope and change” rhetoric, many authoritarian personalities both in the UK and the US were clapping delightedly. When anger and chosen ignorance are present then substantial quantities of innate fear will be flowing through the RWA personality perceiving more of a threat in a situation of potential conflict than there may be in reality. This is what happened in 1987 when Bob Altemeyer and his colleague Gerry Sande had five-man teams of male introductory psychology students role-play NATO in an “international simulation” involving (they thought) another team of students playing as the Warsaw Pact.

Here’s what happened:

Some of the NATO teams were composed entirely of low RWA students, and other NATO teams were stocked entirely with highs. (We experimenters secretly played the Warsaw Pact.) The simulation began with a couple of ambiguous moves by the Warsaw Pact, such as holding military exercises earlier than anticipated, and withdrawing divisions to rear areas (possibly for rest, or –as Dr. Strangelove might argue–possibly for redeployment for an attack).

The NATO teams could respond with nonthreatening or threatening moves of varying magnitudes. But if they made threats, the Warsaw pact responded with twice as much threat in return, and the NATO team would reap what it had sown as an escalation of aggressive moves would likely result.

The low RWA teams did not interpret the ambiguous moves at the beginning of the game as serious threats and thus seldom made threatening moves. The high RWAs on the other hand usually reacted to the opening Warsaw Pact moves aggressively, and sowed a whirlwind. Over the course of the simulation, the high RWA teams made ten times as much threat as the low teams did, and usually brought the world to the brink of nuclear war...” [5] [Emphasis mine]

Furthermore, in other scenarios the overwhelming comeback from RWAs was the philosophy of “Care about Your Own; We Are NOT All in This Together.” As a result, Global Change Games that simulated geo-political challenges dominated by authoritarians typically ended in world-wide disasters.

So, what are the roots of authoritarianism in the context Altemeyer’s findings?

He prefers “Bandura’s Social Learning Theory of Aggression” which is admittedly a large step up from Freud but fails to explain the whole picture, ponerology being the missing element. However, Albert Bandura of Stanford University and the SLTA theory posits the idea that there must be a burning anger present and a sub-strata of fear. For that anger to be released certain inhibitions and restraints must be overcome so that a volcanic eruption can flow. These stages are termed “The instigator” – the individual and his brand of fear and anger waiting to be tapped and “The Releaser” –the mode that allows it all to happen; a designated “holier than thou” moral cause that would release their hostility on the world while lying to themselves concerning the reasons for the perceived moral justification.

From a ponerological perspective this anger and fear is carefully directed along pre-designed psychic and material channels facilitating maximum efficiency for psychopaths’ goals. In other words, instinct and emotion is used exclusively to further an increase and maximisation of an already present pathology.

Why did it stay wired at the child stage of authority pleasing?

Although Altemeyer leans towards experience and environmental factors he also highlights the fact that studies have confirmed a genetic component. Usually, as with most things in life, it is probably a mix of both.

Further research offering a more general confirmation of the above findings was offered on September 8th 2013, when online culture magazine grist.com ran an article by Chris Mooney entitled: ‘Science confirms: Politics wrecks your ability to do math.’ A study undertaken by Professor Dan Kahan of Yale University found that people’s ability to correctly solve a mathematics question was intimately connected to political persuasion. In summary, erroneous data was given to groups about skin cream efficacy and were also given difficult maths problem to solve. Here, the results were good. When exactly the same data was given alongside a topic of gun control, the answers changed dramatically indicating that the political beliefs were influencing their mathematics solutions to an extreme degree.

In a nutshell: respondents’ political belief distorted the ability to give correct answers if it wasn’t to their liking with the result that objective reality was discarded in favour of their chosen political preference.

This indicates that those of a more intuitive nature aren’t the only ones prone to be led by more subjective notions of reality. Even numerate people have massive blind-spots when it comes to taking on board views which run counter to their own. Whether left-leaning or conservative, persons with a logical/mathematical intelligence will subconsciously subvert the process from which the correct result can be achieved, attempting to fit the round peg of a solution into the square hole of their beliefs. This goes some way in explaining why it is that you can present evidence as plain as day that left-right politics is a charade and the political system is irrevocably broken – belief and comfort zone will trump all, even for seemingly intelligent people. It gives a reason why all manner of rational and IQ-busting academics choose not to make the leap to the obvious when presented with a mountain of facts and empirical data. No amount of reasoning will do it without some form of external shock. Even then it may make no difference for some.

This has enormous implications regarding the evidence of Official Culture and rogue elements in governments and intelligence actively working against their populations. Recognition of such a reality sets up a cognitive dissonance that is both painful as well as befuddling, symptoms commonly exhibited by authoritarian followers.

——————————————

N.B. let’s not forget that authoritarianism rises in the left wing camp just as much as the right. From the election of Donald Trump we have a shocking wave of left-liberal authoritarianism in the guise of “Social Justice Warriors” snowflake millennial, radical feminism and the Neo-Marxist  invasion of Universities.

See:  Where Do SJWs Come From?

See:  Trump Hysteria, Left Hypocrisy and the Four Drivers of the Deep-State / Overworld Part I

 


Notes

[1] Project for the New American Century (PNAC) at http://www.newamericancentury.org was an American think tank based in Washington, D.C. that lasted from 1997 to 2006. It was co-founded as a non-profit educational organization by William Kristol and Robert Kagan. Members included right wing, neo-conservative politicians and intellectuals. The series of documents that comprise the ideological vision of neo-conservatism is wholly concerned with establishing a global American Empire with access to the resources of other countries and the implementation of pre-emptive war partnered with the necessary “evil” of perpetual war. The famous of these is “‘Rebuilding America’s Defenses: Strategy, Forces and Resources for a New Century’ written by Richard B. Cheney. The PNAC is literally an “organization whose goal is to promote American global leadership” or as a continuation of the ancient phrase which George Bush Sr. noted in 1992 speech: A New World Order.” Needless, to say this New World Order is based around occult principles of establishing  “Order out of Chaos” which neo-conservatists happily seek to carry out regardless of their awareness on this point. | PNAC’s second incarnation goes by the name of The Foreign Policy Initiative which holds to exactly the same ideology.
[2] ‘Study of Bush’s psyche touches a nerve’ by Julian Borger, The Guardian, August 13, 2003.
[3] The Authoritarians by Bob Altemeyer Associate Professor Department of Psychology University of Manitoba Winnipeg, Canada.
[4] Online PDF version at: http://home.cc.umanitoba.ca/~altemey/op. cit.
[5] ‘In U.S., 46% Hold Creationist View of Human Origins Highly religious Americans most likely to believe in creationism’ By Frank Newport, http://www.gallup.com

Feminism or Infiltration? I

By M.K. Styllinski

“…after an injury, narcissists may self-medicate with drugs or alcohol or make a mad dash to find alternative sources of attention and admiration. But mostly, they become enraged that others don’t go along with their entitled demands. They strike out like a despot whose subjects threaten a revolution. They may be up-front with their rage or be more passive aggressive about it. In divorce, narcissists may fight to get things they may not even want just so their ex-partner can’t have it. This includes custody of the children.”

– Randi Kreger, quoted in Psychology Today


On a feminist blog called Feminspire we are treated to an image of a leather/PVC-clad woman brandishing a whip in true S & M style with “Misandrist Sex Tips” as a title for its latest post. It’s meant to be satire and presumably puts the male firmly in his place to get an idea what it must feel like for women. If you read the list it is neither funny or clever but merely adding to the noise and misandry it claims to be lampooning. Sadly, within feminism as a whole, it has become something quite apart from the original “women’s rights” it was meant to espouse.

From the standpoint of Official Culture and the psychopath, traditional feminine and masculine roles are polarities to play with, so it comes as no surprise that real creative freedom for the sexes has been comprehensively ponerised. The way that psychopathy has done this is to create “movements” that finally end up resembling everything other than the original idea which was offered as a sensible template. In the modern, urban world men and women are being expertly played off against each other based on a fabricated myth of a “battle of the sexes.”

Like so many labels and “-ism’s,” the Women’s Liberation Movement or “feminism” has many groupings under its auspices, meaning a variety of things for a variety of people. Understanding sex and gender issues, women’s rights in education, the workplace and politics are just some of the topics explored with a myriad of organisations and charities based around women’s emancipation. Feminist activism focuses on voting, contract law, property, equal pay for women, raising awareness of sexual exploitation (domestic violence, sexual abuse / harassment and assault) reproductive rights, gender neutrality in English, access to contraceptives; the right to an abortion and campaigns against forms of discrimination. The battle for basic equality in terms of human and civil rights in the developing world is much needed as religious fanaticism in the guise of female genital mutilation in Africa, the Hindu caste system in India and the dogmas of fundamentalist Islam are only a few examples where women are still firmly under the yoke of patriarchy. Female infanticide, honor killings and cases of rape can all be funnelled into feminist discourse.

However…If we are able to grasp the implications of ponerology we’ll discover that Matriarchy and feminism isn’t the answer either.

In the West, what has become a way in for a progressive loss of validity for the feminist movement is the issue of gender equality – at any cost – which has been an open door for  misguided, narcissistic, misanthropic and even psychopathic elements, corrupting the movement as a whole. When we understand the principle of psychopathic inculcation that exists in our culture where both women and men have been placed under its programming, we will see that to focus on one sex at the expense of the other is to play into the game of divide and rule.

index

To say that periods of cyclic oppression and subjugation of women has not taken place by men for thousands of years and still continues, would be a denial of reality. What is labelled “Feminism” in countries such as Bangladesh, Pakistan, Indonesia, India, Africa and Asia and across the developing world is actually about basic human rights and has become a force for real change against male-dominated, socio-religious discrimination and abuse. In the West, there have been great strides to rid ourselves of our Victorian patriarchal echoes and move onto a more equal footing. Yet, there are still some myths floating about that suggest there is more to cries of gender discrimination against women than meets the eye. One example: it is said that many women still receive a salary far below that of their male colleagues simply because of their gender. Is that true? Perhaps, but not for the reasons feminists would have us believe. According to Payscale Human Capital: “men do earn more than women on average, but not that much more when they work the same job and they have similar experience and abilities.” Furthermore, it appears to be much more a case of a natural gravitation toward a job sector that naturally pays less based on economic factors rather than a consistent discrimination.

However, like the gay rights movement, feminism and radical expressions within the movement from a Western, white, middle-class perspective have gone in a very different direction, the culmination of which has seen women less happy and with more incidences of narcissism and other mental illnesses than ever before. [1]  Some groups within feminism have been accused of misandry, a strange inversion of emancipation using the very same tools of the original male dominator. There are even reports that some groupings within feminism have resorted to racketeering where women’s “rights” have been distorted into a tried and tested formula of ad homein attacks on any and all those with an opposing view. As one commentator described it: “The MO of these feminist organizations is to threaten with lawsuits and threaten with embarrassment. They don’t care about women, they care about their own power.” [2] 

With any individuals concerned with power as the primary addiction, it doesn’t matter if its politics or women’s studies, this intellectual acid will dissolve the camouflage of post modern platitudes revealing the actions behind the mask. When feminism and political correctness for instance, meet in the  bastions of the law courts it can be a highly toxic mixture with male chauvinism and feminism clashing blindly. Depending on who the judge happens to be it is effectively a lottery of lies and manipulation. You rarely see the median since Hegelian divisions are designed that way and quickly absorbed as cultural norms.  (For an instructive narrative on how bad it can get, try reading Michael McConaughey’s The Mirror).

The promotion of women’s interests above men’s and the belief that men are inherently irredeemable concerning the treatment of said women merely creates more mountains of separation and confusion which everyone has to climb. It also plays directly into the hands of ultra-conservative, authoritarian personalities for whom a legion of repressive tenets closely linked to religious fundamentalist doctrines are deemed the only answer. Aside from radical feminist extremism, it has to be said that many false assumptions underpin the standard feminist drive from which this radicalism hails, most notably the notion of gender equality, a misnomer since it can never be achieved.  The way men and women process stress, intellectualise, manage negative emotions, and how we react to danger show that we are very different, physically and neurophysiologically. [4] Which means the notion of absolute equality is a nonsense since the above factors will determine to a large degree what will work and what is appropriate in society and what isn’t. Sometimes, you can’t buck biology but you can adapt and compromise provided we accept our gender strengths and weaknesses.

Though he may have underestimated how bad the situation is, the author, therapist and father of two daughters Michael Gurian offers something constructive to the debate. He acknowledges that individual differences do indeed exist, yet this needn’t be problematic – it should be understood and celebrated. For instance, girls’ brains are coded to secrete more serotonin than boys’ brains, which means there is a greater amount of the chemical to equalize unregulated impulses. Gurian says this may be one reason why toddler girls are often calmer than toddler boys. He also mentions the vital chemical we looked at previously: oxytocin, that jewel in the crown of female neurochemistry responsible for bonding and “maternal instinct.” If female brains secrete more oxytocin, for instance when little girls play with dolls or when women hear a baby cry in a crowded cinema, then it shows that the effects will be heightened within intimate activities such a sex, where oxytocin’s bonding response will really kick in. For men there is almost zero secretion which goes some way to explaining why one-night stands are often a more difficult prospect for women. Not that this implies it’s a healthy option for men either. Males are much slower to respond physiologically than women but it does not mean that the ability to care about such things is absent.

Then we have the brain’s hippocampus, a centre responsible for memory storage. Studies have found that it is larger and works more efficiently in girls than in boys, which means when it comes to remembering large amounts of information which is inputted in reasonably quick succession girls seem to have a built-in edge. Gurian uncovered the latest findings in brain imaging which revealed a tendency for boys’ brains – especially during puberty – to focus on one task at a time while girls’ brains are able to process larger amounts leading to a greater success for intuitive decision-making. He mentions that the downside of this ability is that young, adolescent girls may develop a “malleable self” with a reliance on others when it comes to concrete decision-making. The cause of high levels of males to be diagnosed with Attention Deficit Disorder (ADD) can also be seen in a new light when we realise that female brains have 15 percent more blood flow volume and larger distribution than male brains. This bestows a greater ability to both think things through, though also increasing the likelihood of indecision. [4]

There are many more differences which Gurian eloquently describes for our edification. Yet, these very differences, instead of producing friction can surely create a “third force” of context and the creativity which can follow when the harmonious joining of the two polarities takes place. That takes knowledge of our individual “issues” and a wider comprehension of the pathologies presently shrouding our world. As third wave feminist author and social activist Naomi Wolf mentions in quoting Helen Fisher’s findings in the Anatomy of Love: “… nature designed men and women to collaborate for survival. ‘Collaboration’ implies free will and choice; even primate males do not succeed by dominating or controlling females. In her analysis, it serves everyone for men and women to share their sometimes different but often complementary strengths – a conclusion that seems reassuring, not oppressive.” [5]

Indeed it is. We can also say that some women in modern, Western societies are already dominating and controlling men – they just do it in entirely different ways. The rise of narcissism seen most strongly in the female population suggests this is having major consequences across all societies and places a crucial part in Official Culture as a whole. If Western women really want to make their undoubted exploitation and oppression of the past stay in the past, then perhaps jettisoning the wish to “have it all” at the expense of men’s rights is also necessary. To increase choice and equality is possible but this does not mean we seek to do and be the same things in a society that are already straining under the weight of narcissism and worse. This appears to be happening in much the same way that some sectors of the Jewish community use the phrase of “anti-semitism” to blockade constructive criticism of the treatment of Palestinians. The culture of victimhood does not encourage new visions.

There are also rights for men that are being eroded in ways that are not acknowledged, especially in the family courts. Notions like gender equality are effective in creating endless circular conflicts that attract dysfunctional minds with axes to grind. Men and women TOGETHER must forge their way to better choices, true freedom and human equality on a vast range of issues. But these divides will worsen if we do not acknowledge and tackle the true enemy which is a war against normal people directed from those in positions of power who largely conform to categories of psychopathy. THAT is the real issue here and one which affects all of us regardless of our particular “-ism” onto we have latched.

What is more, it is precisely because there is always present the creative tendency to embrace the best of men and women without creating divisions that it may have been subverted by CoIntelpro * along with so many other movements in the 1960s and 70s.  As it stands,  modern, Western feminism does not serve women rights in the way that we think and is ironically in danger of replacing one exploitation with another.

Enter: radical feminism.


*  “COINTELPRO is an acronym for a series of FBI counterintelligence programs designed to neutralize political dissidents. Although covert operations have been employed throughout FBI history, the formal COINTELPRO’s of 1956-1971 were broadly targeted against radical political organizations. In the early 1950s, the Communist Party was illegal in the United States. The Senate and House of Representatives each set up investigating committees to prosecute communists and publicly expose them. (The House Committee on Un-American Activities and the Senate Internal Security Subcommittee, led by Senator Joseph McCarthy). When a series of Supreme Court rulings in 1956 and 1957 challenged these committees and questioned the constitutionality of Smith Act prosecutions and Subversive Activities Control Board hearings, the FBI’s response was COINTELPRO, a program designed to “neutralize” those who could no longer be prosecuted. Over the years, similar programs were created to neutralize civil rights, anti-war, and many other groups, many of which were said to be “communist front organizations.” As J. Edgar Hoover, longtime Director of the FBI put it.”  http://www.cointelpro.org. [What the public may not be aware of is these operations did not simply cease, but were utilised for all social domains. Of particular note is the New Age or Human Potential Movement, the foundations of which may have been purely a creation of intelligence agencies].

Notes

[1] ‘The narcissism of consumer society has left women unhappier than ever’ by Madeleine Bunting, The Guardian, July 26, 2009.
[2] ‘Author Accuses Women’s Groups of Racketeering’ Fox News, October 23, 2002.
[3] ‘Men Are From Mars: Neuroscientists Find That Men And Women Respond Differently To Stress’ Science Daily 2008.
[4] ‘Girl Wonders: Michael Gurian defines his post-feminist vision’ By Ceceilia Goodnow, Seattle Post Intelligencer, March 8, 2002. / The Wonder of Girls: Understanding the Hidden Nature of Our Daughters by Michael Gurian, Published by Simon & Schuster International; Reprint edition, 2003.|ISBN-10: 0743417038.
[5] ‘Feminism and the Male Brain’ By Naomi Wolf, May 29 2009. Project Syndicate, http://www.project-syndicate.org

The Psychopath: A Different Species? IV

“The ultimate cause of evil lies in the interaction of two human factors: 1) normal human ignorance and weakness and 2) the existence and action of a statistically small (4-8% of the general population) but extremely active group of psychologically deviant individuals. The ignorance of the existence of such psychological differences is the first criterion of ponerogenesis. That is, such ignorance creates an opening whereby such individuals can act undetected.”

– ponerology.com


To reiterate: the main qualities that distinguish the psychopath from normal persons include the absence of a sense of guilt for antisocial actions; an inability to love authentically; a tendency to be verbose and talkative in a way that is inevitably subjective and self-referencing. Manipulative, insincere, confident, egocentric, cynical, quick to anger, dominating, sensation-seeking, vindictive, and aggressive and above all, wholly lacking any indications of empathy or fear. These are some of the common and wide ranging personality characteristics which conform to the conscienceless individual. Their sole preoccupation is to deceive with the accompanying charisma and magnetic charm that disable all but those who are not armed and ready with the requisite knowledge.

Yet, Those of conscience routinely underestimate the primal depths to which psychopathic individuals may plum.

Łobaczewski states:

… our social, psychological, and moral concepts, as well as our natural forms of reaction, are not adequate for every situation with which life confronts us. We generally wind up hurting someone if we act according to our natural concepts and reactive archetypes in situations which seem to be appropriate to our imaginings, although they are in fact essentially different.  As a rule, such different situations allowing para-appropriate reactions occur because some pathological factor difficult to understand has entered the picture. Thus, the practical value of our natural world view generally ends where psychopathology begins.

Familiarity with this common weakness of human nature and the normal person’s “naïveté” is part of the specific knowledge we find in many psychopathic individuals, as well some characteropaths. [1] [Emphasis mine]

The complexity of ponerology is deep, with variation upon variation creating rich hybrids of pathology that science has yet to just fully recognize, not least to counter. Their expert manipulations and “masks of sanity” are always one step ahead, whether at the heart of the family or the higher echelons of shadow executive governments. What is also problematic are the effects resulting from exposure to a psychopath or psychopathic grouping. “If someone has personally experienced such a nightmarish reality,” says Dr. Łobaczewski, “he considers people who have not progressed in understanding it within the same time frame to be simply presumptuous, sometimes even malicious.” “This experience,” he continues, “[is] unceremoniously rejected by … [people and] becomes a psychological burden for him, forcing him to live within a narrow circle of persons whose experiences have been similar.” When one has interacted with a psychopath and been lucky enough to escape it usually means you are changed for life. [2]

Once again, it bears repeating: the raw truth regarding psychopaths and their unqualified success stems from their absence of conscience. Their total inability to understand and experience empathy and higher emotional feeling, rather than an impediment, fuels their innate desire to consume, extract and deceive. The depths to which essential psychopaths will go to achieve this end is another reason why they can be so successful in corporations and the police or military where high levels of endurance and authoritarianism are required. It also explains why the results of their actions have such catastrophic effects: they will never give up on their selected objective … unless they meet another psychopath with a bigger pedigree.

If we understand that no treatment has ever been effective in curing the psychopath we may then begin to comprehend the pathological results of our society as listed above.

Quoting Łobaczewski :

Approximately 6 percent of the population constitute the active structure of the Pathocracy, which carries its own peculiar consciousness of its own goals. Twice as many people constitute a second group: those who have managed to warp their personalities to meet the demands of the new reality ….

This second group consists of individuals who are, on the average, weaker, more sickly, and less vital. The frequency of known mental diseases in this group is at twice the rate of the national average. We can thus assume that the genesis of their submissive attitude toward the regime, their greater susceptibility to pathological effects, and their skittish opportunism includes various relatively impalpable anomalies.…

The 6 percent group constitute the new nobility; the 12 percent group forms the new bourgeoisie, whose economic situation is the most advantageous. …Only 18 percent of the country’s population is thus in favor of the new system of government. [3]

Think again about the prevalence of schizoidal propaganda and how easily people project their own values and beliefs onto pathological material. Without sufficient discernment we can be bamboozled into believing the most outrageous lies. The average number of character disordered individuals may be as high as 20 percent of the population. That means that 80-90 percent of the population has the potential to awaken to the reality of macro-social manipulation. Factoring in recent discoveries of Severe Attachment Disorder, [4] autism and Asperger’s Syndrome which may also have in some cases psychopathic symptoms, the overall figure of psychological deviants may be higher. We may also add a quota of the global population who have had their innate creativity and emotional sensibilities eroded from mass education and post-modern culture of apathy and nihilism along with the speculative umbrella of HAARP and ionospheric experiments of mass mind control. From an equally bizarre contribution and unexpected source we can further include the incidence of potential psychopathy or related subset through the condition of toxoplasmosis. This involves the presence of brain parasites altering the personalities of up to half the world’s population, thus making them more susceptible to manipulation and control. This includes the inclusion of data on suicides, schizophrenia and other mental illnesses. [5]

Many factors are undoubtedly at play.  That being so, any in-depth research on their effects are likely to bump up the percentage of pathologically compromised individuals to levels which exceed present estimates.

henry-kissingerHenry Kissinger – Sociopath?

tonyblair3Tony Blair – Pathological Narcissist?

Benjamin-Netanyahu_2641034kBenyamin Netanyahu – Essential Psychopath?

GTY_barack_obama_2_dm_130902_16x9_992Barack Obama – Schizoidal?


It is clear there is still much to learn regarding the true percentage of pathological deviations. It is also no coincidence that under any oppressive regime or form of covert/overt control “psychology is the first discipline to suffer from censorship and incursions on the part of an administrative body which starts claiming the last word as to what represents scientific truth.” [6] We saw this process only too well in downtown America where the Bush-Cheney administration was busy reordering and eliminating scientific thought that did not align with its own principles. This perception remains in place under Barack Obama and in some cases even expanded. Psychiatry with its history as a political tool against dissident oppression and its links to Big Pharma may be an exception to this rule. If it can be used as a way to give medical justification for imprisoning “terrorists” i.e. ordinary activists and citizens who disagree with the government – then it may form a crucial part of front line pathocratic rule.

The herd instinct is strong within humanity and is perhaps one of the most useful ways in which the Pathocracy and its cohorts shape the world towards its own ends. By subverting the networking principle of group consciousness to obliterate independent and creative thought, it becomes easy to erode the positive intuitions and instincts which could contain and isolate evil. Indeed, our lack of knowledge about its presence in politics means we work for it and sustain it, rather than calling it out. As Łobaczewski states: “Our zeal to control anyone harmful to ourselves or our group is so primal in its near-reflex necessity as to leave no doubt that it is also encoded at the instinctual level. Our instinct, however, does not differentiate between behavior motivated by simple human failure and behavior performed by individuals with pathological aberrations.” [7]

As we saw in our snapshots of Official Culture there are presently few opportunities for populations to cultivate the necessary discernment both in the psychological appreciation of their fellow man, the requisite internal observations and crucial environmental indicators. For instance, our ability to achieve silence and contemplation is negligible in the urban world. Our minds are seldom afforded the chance to step off the treadmill of sense-fixated production. Economic hardship is a result of an accumulation of wealth by the psychopathic few, or as cultural political scientist Michael Parenti explained:

We are told that wife-beating, child abuse, alcoholism, drug abuse, and other such pathologies know no class boundaries and are found at all income levels. This is true but misleading. The impression left is that these pathologies are randomly distributed across the social spectrum and are purely a matter of individual pathology. Actually, many of them are skewed heavily toward the low-income, the unemployed, and the dispossessed. As economic conditions worsen, so afflictions increase. Behind many of these statistics is the story of class, racial, sexual, and age oppressions that have long been among the legacies of our social order, oppressions that are seldom discussed in any depth by political leaders, news media, or educators. [8]

Our psychological survival and ability to live meaningful lives depends on our capacity to see these psychological differences in our local, daily life and adopt creative solutions to counter them. Yet, our culture is structured in a way that prevents any focus and attention toward the problems even while so many intuitively recognise and understand that: “in each society on earth contains a certain percentage of individuals, a relatively small but active minority, who cannot be considered normal.” The actions of this minority leave a disastrous psychic footprint upon the world. Our innate ability to retain subjectivity and to cling to comfortable reasons to deny this reality is reinforced by the very same ‘humanoids’.

Psychological ignorance is perhaps the greatest deficit within the field of human awareness, the knowledge of which remains the greatest threat to the minority of psychopaths’ intent on holding onto power. And like a rabbit in the headlights, we are habitually disabled when trying to operate on simplistic assumptions that all of us operate on similar humanistic principles, or as Łobaczewski mentions: when “… some unidentified psychopathological factor comes into play, the natural human world view ceases to be applicable.” [9] In other words, when human values are projected onto narcissists and psychopaths as a result of a standard barometer of a moral and ethical worldview, this is guaranteed to offer faulty judgments and reinforces the predator’s security. The original ideology or manifested group, business, or initiative – whatever it may be – can be imbued with the highest intentions though harbouring the pathogenic infection of its demise.

In Official Culture various domains such as agriculture, art, business and science had within them the initial seed of inclusive desire and group cooperation. Similarly, the peoples behind such ideas and those still adhering to the original principles may not be aware that the institution, government or agency has long been ponerised. After all, as  Łobaczewski observes: “The greater and truer the original ideology, the longer it may be capable of nourishing and disguising from human criticism that phenomenon which is the product of the specific degenerative process. In a great and valuable ideology, the danger for small minds is hidden; they can become the factors of such preliminary degeneration, which opens the door to invasion by pathological factors.” [10] 

It is probable that the Pathocrats (those members of a Pathocracy in key positions of power) believe they must maintain their control on the populace by either keeping us all in survival mode, embroiled in wars or drowning in sensation in order to ensure their genetic traits are perpetuated. To continue and extend their species they must incorporate fail-safe plans that reduce the populations of normal people and the ability of the affluent middle classes to sharpen their awareness and think “outside of the box”. Nonetheless, being a minority and therefore vulnerable, the Pathocrats’ dominance will inevitably weaken as normal people strive and obtain a more balanced playing field. For the psychopaths in all walks of life this would be a catastrophe. For those at the top of the military-corporate complex this is the worst case scenario because: “… the biological, psychological, moral, and economic destruction of the majority of normal people becomes, for the Pathocrats, a ‘biological’ necessity.” [11] This may give us some idea as to the source of eugenics and depopulation theories which have made an unwelcome resurgence of late. [12]

The massive PR machine is now tasked with keeping us locked into a media-led “social proof” and societal programming that keeps crime and abuse from being discovered. It has grown into an impenetrable barrier of fear where the herd instinct for self-preservation wins over any moral or humanitarian imperative.

As psychologist Professor Robert B. Cialdini points out:

To discover why canned laughter is so effective, we first need to understand the nature of yet another potent weapon of influence: the principle of social proof. This principle states that we determine what is correct by finding out what other people think is correct.

The principle applies especially to the way we decide what constitutes correct behavior. We view a behavior as correct in a given situation to the degree that we see others performing it.

Whether the question is what to do with an empty popcorn box in a movie theater, how fast to drive on a certain stretch of highway, or how to eat the chicken at a dinner party, the actions of those around us will be important guides in defining the answer.

The tendency to see an action as appropriate when others are doing it works quite well normally. As a rule, we will make fewer mistakes by acting in accord with social evidence than by acting contrary to it. Usually, when a lot of people are doing something, it is the right thing to do. This feature of the principle of social proof is simultaneously its major strength and its major weakness. Like the other weapons of influence, it provides a convenient shortcut for determining the way to behave but, at the same time, makes one who uses the shortcut vulnerable to the attacks of profiteers who lie in wait along its path. [13]

The Pathocrats profit from this self-organised instinct and the carefully selected path they have set before us as the only way – their way. A win-win situation develops as we become inured to the widening distances between what is and what is assumed. This social proof is applied to all areas of academic and media discussions and is a mighty barrier against obtaining true knowledge on the issues of social engineering and control. In the same way, while we decry the erosion of freedoms and the cloak of censorship, we are all self-censoring for the State. “Egotistic thought-terrorization is accomplished by the society itself and its processes of conversive thinking. This obviates the need for censorship of the press, theater, or broadcasting, as a pathologically hypersensitive censor lives within the citizens themselves.” [14]

Did you get the implications of that?  Are we able to see this viral influence in ourselves?

And what of a whole society?

Psychologist Anna Salter’s research into criminal psychopathy is also instructive regarding the stages of deception. Using interviews with psychopaths in US prisons she was able to illustrate why so many of the staff had been seduced by these individuals, not necessarily sexually, but where some form of compromise took place through sometimes highly subtle manipulations. She gives the psychopath’s formula for sniffing out their prey that can not only be applied inside the prison walls, but in the world at large:

Selecting a Targetkey factor: Vulnerability. Weaknesses are ruthlessly exploited via information gathering that appears to be just polite and friendly conversation. In reality, it is the stalking process.

The Law of Reciprocity – key factor: A reliance on a reciprocal response to ostensibly innocent requests, where the psychopath has already obliged the person to respond in kind. Cultural norms tailored to conscience are perfect for the psychopath’s armoury of manipulation.

The Demand and the Leverkey factor: Bonding and the Establishment of a “personal relationship” where the victim feels in control. Many Secrets are known about the victim and thus the psychopath has all the aces. Then the demand, which can be something seemingly minor in nature. But in one inmate’s words: “He’s crossed the boundary right there.” Once the request has been met the demands escalate until dominance is achieved.

Apply this to the home, school, or the family and it may be easier to see why pathologically compromised individuals are so slippery to prosecute, not least to identify.  What is even more disturbing is they can be superficially so likeable. That is, until they have extracted what it is they want from you, and like any arch-vampire, they leave you a shell of your former self – child or adult.

It is through widening our field of awareness that we can give hope to the children that are abused and sacrificed on the altar of psychopathy that continues to be built in our name. We must liberate our psychological awareness to free ourselves from a prison that has been forcibly erected deep inside our psyche. As Dr. Anna Salter stated so plainly: “why does it take thirty years of research for the rest of us to understand phenomena that inmates [psychopaths] grasp intuitively? It seems clear who the real experts are.” [15]

 


Notes

[1]  p.146-147; Political Ponerology.
[2] Ibid. (p.165)
[3] Ibid. (p.152)
[4] Severe Attachment Disorder in Childhood – A Guide to Practical Therapy by Dr. Niels Peter Rygaard authorized by D.P.A., Aarhus C, Denmark Translated from N. P. Rygaard, L’enfant abandonn6. Guide de traitement des troubles de I’attachement. 2005; Printed in Austria SpringerWien, NewYork; ISBN-10 3-211-29705-7.
[5] ‘The Return of the Puppet Masters’ by Carl Zimmer, January 17, 2006 | http://www.carlzimmer.com | ‘How Your Cat Is Making You Crazy’ By Kathleen McAuliffe, The Atlantic, March 2012 Issue.
[6] Lobaczewski (p.49)
[7] Ibid.
[8] Michael Parenti goes on to illustrate the full magnitude of this American Ponerogenic “infection”: “Conservatives are fond of telling us what a wonderful, happy, prosperous nation this is. The only thing that matches their love of country is the remarkable indifference they show toward the people who live in it. To their ears the anguished cries of the dispossessed sound like the peevish whines of malcontents. They denounce as “bleeding hearts” those of us who criticize existing conditions, who show some concern for our fellow citizens. But the dirty truth is that there exists a startling amount of hardship, abuse, affliction, illness, violence, and pathology in this country. The figures reveal a casualty list that runs into many millions.”
[9] op. cit. Lobaczewski (p.54)
[10] Ibid. (p.169)
[11] Ibid. (p.210)
[12] With a convenient mix of Malthusian and Darwinian Theory laced with a touch of eugenics, they have produced a perfect tool for the Pathocracy to decrease the numbers of the global population. While most of the problems of the world have been created by psychopaths in order to service their own needs they now intend to effectively “take out the rubbish” in order to survive. They intend to exploit the earth and what is left of normal well into their own grandiose eternity. For further reading see: The Inherent Rascism of Population Control by Paul Jalsevac (2004).
[13] “The psychologists speculated that, for at least two reasons, a bystander to an emergency will be unlikely to help when there are a number of other bystanders present. The first reason is fairly straightforward. With several potential helpers around, the personal responsibility of each individual is reduced: ‘Perhaps someone else will give or call for aid, perhaps someone else already has.’ So with everyone thinking that someone else will help or has helped, no one does. The second reason is the more psychologically intriguing one; it is founded on the principle of social proof and involves the pluralistic ignorance effect Very often an emergency is not obviously an emergency. Is the man lying in the alley a heart-attack victim or a drunk sleeping one off? Is the commotion next door an assault requiring the police or an especially loud marital spat where intervention would be inappropriate and unwelcome? What is going on? In times of such uncertainty, the natural tendency is to look around at the actions of others for clues. We can learn from the way the other witnesses are reacting whether the event is or is not an emergency.” Quoted from Influence: Science and Practice by Robert B. Cialdini, Published by Longman, 2004.
[14] op. cit. Lobaczewski; (pp.178-179)
[15]  op. cit. Salter, (p.152)

The Rape of Conscience: I, Psychopath

By M.K. Styllinski

“It seems impossible to convince people that private behavior cannot be predicted from public behavior. Kind non-violent individuals behave well in public, but so do many people who are brutal behind the scenes.”

– Anna C. Salter PhD.


Deaths

Perpetrator

Country

Year

32 – 70+ million

Mao Ze-Dong

China, Tibet

1958-61, 1966-69

12+ million

Adolf Hitler

Germany

1939-1945

8+million

King Leopold II of Belgium

Congo

1886-1908

6+million

Jozef Stalin

USSR

1932-1939

5+million

Hideki Tojo

Japan

1941-1944

2+million

Ismail Enver

Turkey

1915-1922

1.7million

Pol Pot

Cambodia

1975-79

1.6 million

Kim Il Sung

North Korea

1948-1994

1.5 million

Menghistu

Ethiopia

1975-1978

1 million

Yakubu Gowon

Biafra

1967-1970

900,000

Leonid Brezhnev

Afghanistan

1979-1982

800,000

Jean Kambanda

Rwanda

1994

 Genocides 19th – 20th Century / source: scaruffi.com


Dr. James W. Prescott Ph.D. one time developmental neuropsychologist with the US National Institute of Child Health and Human Development agrees there is direct link between economic disparity, poverty, mental instability and the manifestation of abuse. Indeed, the present foundations of our societies may even ellicit such imbalances. He states: “The problem of child abuse is not just a problem of certain adults assaulting certain children, but rather it is deeply rooted in the fabric of our entire society. Why do husbands beat their wives? Why do so many of us support capital punishment? Why do we find so much entertainment and enjoyment in films and television programs that depict physical violence? The answer is that we are a physically violent society and that child abuse represents merely one aspect of that violence.” [1]

Is that true?

From genocides of Maoist China to the Gulag’s of Stalinist Russia, the massacres in Rwanda and ethnic cleansing of the former Yugoslavia, is it a natural part of the human psyche, an indelible flaw in our evolution that demands the survival of the fittest at any cost? Are we less than animals operating on instinct alone, intermittently out of control because our ancient limbic brain demands it? Or does the cause have its roots in monotheistic religions which program us to see violence and separatism as part of a Divine justice? If it is in sown into the very fabric of our societies then is it a genetic pre-disposition that we all share?

Or is there something or someone loading the dice?

Well, that’s a lot of questions which we may or may not answer over this series but let’s see where it takes us…

On November 26th 2013, The Independent’s Heather Saul published a piece entitled: ‘Young children ‘are committing sex abuse on other children as part of gang violence.’’ Saul highlighted evidence cited as “profoundly distressing” from a report by the Office of the Children’s Commissioner for England which found that children aged carrying sexual abuse and sexual assault on victims aged 11 or younger with shocking levels of sexual sadism in evidence. The commission report confirmed the awareness of paedophilia but realised the subject of: “… children abusing each other through gangs or groups is rarely acknowledged by society.” Perhaps most significantly, the commission found that rape was considered “normal” with sexual violence occurring across all levels of class from deprived areas to the more affluent areas of England. The article rightly commented: “The scale and nature of sexual attacks – including rape – indicates a “deep malaise” within society that needs to be addressed.”

This suggests something that is sourced not just from the accessibility of internet technology and multi-media images but a progressive psychological infection derived from an Official Culture of addiction and implanted psychopathology. The idea of fantasy, sexual violence and rape are being blurred, as is the line between consensual and forced sexual activity. Teenagers who are sexually active are hopelessly confused and children, while being peer-pressured into experimenting with sex so early, are doing so under the influence of glamourised and distorted messages, where violence and coercion is a normal part of sexual experience. (See: Pornucopia: Cult of the Body)

Sex and violence are fast becoming an integral part of a new rites of initiation in the young. The report is a vital warning that society is comprehensively failing our children in ways that adults cannot process. Where no suitable role models exist and with the ubiquity of distorted sexual messages underpinned by a deep materialism to be found literally everywhere, it is inevitable that new forms of meaning will be found to fill the emptiness.

Gender roles are being pushed where the young male must be the brutal macho rapist and the girl a submissive whore or feminist liberator who generally desires such abuse. The provocative dress code is now a normal part of pre-teen fashion thanks to advertising and marketing.

So, where is the rise in gang culture and sexual violence coming from?

In his ground-breaking book: Political Ponerology – A Science on the  Nature of Evil Adjusted for political Purposes (2007) the late Clinical Psychologist Andrew M. Łobaczewski discovered that psychopathy has a pathogenic quality, the seeds of which cyclically penetrate otherwise balanced social systems that may ordinarily have had a much greater probability of success. So much so, that he believes a basic understanding of the psychology of the psychopath and defences against the encroachment of such individuals into our public and private lives is essential for a healthy society to evolve. Without this understanding and knowledge all human endeavours will fail, just as an organism will eventually deteriorate both in vitality and functional ability if measures are not taken to counteract the symptoms of ill health.

Psychopathy has been traditionally studied from the victim’s experience rather than from the perpetrator’s view. After all, psychopaths do not seek help as he perceives nothing wrong with his immorality as a natural state of being. A new conceptual framework is desperately needed in order to place the magnifying glass firmly over the actions of evil and its genesis.

Rather than lapsing into the past habit of creating a theological construct over a psychological theory, Łobaczewski called this new science, “Ponerology” which the dictionary defines as: “n. division of theology dealing with evil; theological doctrine of wickedness or evil; from the Greek: poneros – evil”. Whether an organisation or an individual, the full expression of one or more psychopaths can obliterate the chances of mental, emotional, physical and spiritual harmony in the entity in question, leading to chaos and disequilibrium so severe that failure and death may eventuate. With this in mind we can realise that it is not any one “-ism” in any particular belief system that determines the eventual collapse into chaos – at least, not as a primary cause. Rather, it is the lack of awareness concerning the pathogenic factors involved which give rise to erroneous believes and which serve as channels for evil to evolve. Accordingly, Religious authoritarian personalities for instance, offer a perfect platform for the psychopath. Unless we become aware of the nature of psychopathy and the ways in which it can seed itself in our relationships and our government candidates we will continue to see the disastrous results manifesting in the world and explained away as a consequence of “human nature.”

If by “evil” we mean extreme negativity as a natural pathway then the psychopath is a perfect embodiment. Certain fashionable beliefs in New Age circles that evil does not exist and that we just need to pray for peace and send love and light has played a part in adding to the sophisticated cover afforded to these creatures who bear little resemblance to human souls and who lack any potential for higher emotion.  The advances in brain scan technology has allowed us to see the major neurological even physical differences in psychopath’s brains, in particular the amygdala and prefrontal cortex. Observing the bloody course of history and the abject misery and suffering that has resulted when the psychopath gains positions of power is ample proof that these psychological dynamics, despite frequent warnings from the past, has remained largely camouflaged from normal peoples’ perceptions. We might say that they are the vampires and werewolves of folklore; the collective shadow made manifest. Perhaps the real hope for a more just and equitable world lies in education: the understanding of basic psychology and the rise of psychopathy in our social systems.

But it is right and proper that we don’t go down a eugenics path of neurological “pre-crime” whereby everyone is scanned for possible deficiencies. It may be that because the horse has bolted and we are currently seeing a genetic rise in psychopaths the danger of such technology in the wrong hands is very real indeed. However, surely an ethical balance can be achieved as part of a wide-ranging remedy of prevention? It is also characteristic of materialist science – just the kind of science we need to guard against – that all the answers are to be found in the brain. This is surely not the case and thus represents another avenue ripe for distortion. We need to take a highly multi-disciplined approach to this problem bring our intuition, innovation and intelligence to bear from a wide range of specialisations, from social science to psychology, history to neurology.

The social environment in which the individual finds himself appears to have a large part to play as well as the genetic component. Psychopaths may be born that way and negative environmental influences may make them “super-charged.” This may be especially true for “garden variety” psychopaths who go about their business as part of the herd instinct without overt predatory behaviour. Brain damage can also cause serious degradation in personalities which can result in the same set of behaviours characteristic of pathological narcissists and psychopaths, so due caution in this complex field is not misplaced.

Conversely, when a high proportion of psychopaths inhabit positions of power then it stands to reason that society will be progressively shaped, causing a feedback cycle of negative human behaviour as a reflection of those power centres which in turn, are emboldened by the disintegration and fragmentation of higher human values. This is the central premise of this blog after all. Looking at the incarceration rate of US prisons and the high number of psychopathic personalities who reside there; as more abusive childhoods occur and the socio-cultural influences become more and more degraded by pathological influence – sometimes helped by social engineering implemented by similar psychopathic perception – then it is not hard to fathom why we have ended up in the mess we have.

The kind of society we wish to create for the future must take on the possibility that the values of the psychopath have taken over that of the human being who values conscience.  As psychologist Martha Stout has mentioned in her book The Sociopath Next Door, why else would there be higher numbers of sociopaths in the Western world than in most other cultures and societies? With Eastern cultures sharing between 0.03% and 0.14% of psychopaths and the rising numbers reaching at least 5% in America (not counting pathological narcissists and other mental illnesses) there seems to be a very fertile ground for such genes to be cultured. This leads to many of us adopting psychopathological traits to varying degrees based on the insidious influence of normalising what was originally a pathological “infection” spreading through societies over differing time spans.

In Łobaczewski’s book Political Ponerology he lays out the background as to why we find ourselves dominated by a minority of psychopaths and psychological deviants. The cornerstones of Western civilisation’s beliefs are derived from Greek, Roman and Christian schools of thought which have been hopelessly inadequate in coping with both spirituality and psychology since they are largely rooted in materialism, authoritarianism and the Rule of Law. This had serious repercussions in the way we perceived reality and therefore our ability to recognise the methods and processes which gave rise to evil in our societies.

Greek culture drew its inspiration from nature, mythology and the literary tradition and Rome incorporated them into an overarching monolith of administration, politics and law, where the inherited Greek philosophy was designed to have real world applications with little room for psychological awareness. The legacy was a continuing impoverishment for knowledge of human psychology and devolution of morality at the individual and collective level. Instead of integrating the best of psychology and philosophy of the ancient cultures of the Middle East, which seemed to flower for the first few centuries of its existence, Christianity was subverted into something quite different to its original intentions, a long-term victim of a progressive “ponerisation.”

Łobaczewski takes up the story:

A civilization thus arose with a serious deficiency in the area which is supposed to protect societies from various kinds of evil, and we are the inheritors of this defect. This civilization developed formulations in the area of law – national, civil, and canon – which were conceived for invented beings, not human beings, and which gave short shrift to the total contents of the human personality and the great psychological differences between individual members of the species Homo sapiens. For many centuries, any understanding of certain psychological anomalies found among individuals was out of the question – even though such anomalies cause disaster.

Thus, Western Civilization is insufficiently resistant to evil, which originates beyond the easily accessible areas of human consciousness and takes advantage of the great gap between formal or legal thought and psychological reality.

In a civilization deficient in psychological cognition, individuals with dreams of imposing their power upon their environment and their society are not recognized as being fundamentally different, and they all too easily find a ready response in individuals with insufficiently developed consciousnesses. […] [2]  [Emphasis mine]

Although there are signs and portents in our cultural heritage that psychopathy followed a cyclic manifestation best expressed through empire-building, the core reasons for its domination has been cleverly concealed for eons. It is for this reason that Łobaczewski stresses the deep importance of cultivating correct psychological knowledge of our inner and outer environment in order to counter the effects of the psychopath and other inherited pathologies.

Since we are embedded in the society in which we find ourselves, the notion of free-will is somewhat a misnomer by the time we have unknowingly unlocked the predator’s cage. Once free, it begins to weave a spell that creates an array of seductive belief-traps which permit the illusion of freedom when in fact, it allows a Global Predator consciousness to progressively to corral its prey. As Łobaczewski tells us: “Human beings have a tendency to repress from their consciousness any associations indicating a causative conditioning of their world-view and behavior,” so the shadows of negative behavior both in ourselves and then the outer world are the first to be painted over. On top of this, is the “natural psychological, societal, and moral world-view” into which we are sheep-dipped from infant to adult. This raises some fundamental questions concerning the validity of our views about the world drawn from a natural tendency to follow a subjective set of principles so often cultivated by figures of authority and furnished with a sufficient amount of sweeteners to keep us there, if it is in their best interests to do so.

It is our emotions which dictate the direction we choose to take regarding the nature of reality. Psychopaths in power are not creative in the pure sense. But they have animal cunning and an innate understanding of human emotion, knowing perfectly how to mimic and inflame those emotions so that they can be used against us.

Łobaczewski continues:

It is thus significant that the main values of this human world-view of nature indicate basic similarities in spite of great spans of time, race, and civilization. It is thus suggested that the ‘human world view’ derives from the nature of our species and the natural experience of human societies which have achieved a certain necessary level of civilization. Refinements based on literary values or philosophical and moral reflections do indicate some differences, but generally speaking, they tend to bring together the natural conceptual language of various civilizations and eras.

People with a ‘humanistic’ education may have the impression that they have achieved wisdom, but here we approach a problem; we must ask the following question: Even if the natural world-view has been refined, does it mirror reality with sufficient reliability? Or does it only mirror our species’ perception? To what extent can we depend upon it as a basis for decision making in the individual, societal, and political spheres of life?

Experience teaches us, first of all, that this natural world-view has permanent and characteristic tendencies toward deformation dictated by our instinctive and emotional features. Secondly, our work exposes us to many phenomena that cannot be understood and described by natural language alone.

Considering the most important reality deforming tendency, we notice that those emotional features which are a natural component of the human personality are never completely appropriate to the reality being experienced. This results both from our instinct and from our conditioning of upbringing. This is why the best traditions of philosophical and religious thought have counseled subduing the emotions in order to achieve a more accurate view of reality. [3] [Emphasis mine]

Łobaczewski highlights the process of our natural egotism drawn from an insufficiently objective system of values which has become entrenched in our social customs. And it is the lack of attention to our emotions and instincts which have acted as an open door. This has led to the world being plagued by a phenomenon which is so outside the natural experience of normal human beings that we have refused to contemplate such predatory evil exists while gradually taking on its subtle traits – and we have done so through ignorance and pride. Meanwhile, psychopaths have consolidated their position and hunkered down for the long-term.

If, as Łobaczewski mentions: “Developing and popularizing the objective psychological world-view could thus significantly expand the scope of dealing with evil via sensible action and pinpointed countermeasures”, then now is the time to begin the process of knowledge dissemination if we as the majority are to wrest back control. But for us to do this we must recognize that we already live in the psychopaths’ world and are, to varying degrees, products of their reality.

In the last post we looked at the possibility of exploring “countermeasures” against the pathologies currently gripping our societies. Łobaczewski reiterates the challenge of understanding just how deep this recognition needs to be. Indeed, it stretches back through time, through myth and history:

Ever since ancient times, philosophers and religious thinkers representing various attitudes in different cultures have been searching for the truth as regards moral values, attempting to find criteria for what is right, for what constitutes good advice. They described the virtues of human character and suggested these be acquired. They created a heritage … which contains centuries of experience and reflections. In spite of the obvious differences among attitudes, the similarity or complementarity of the conclusions reached by famous ancients are striking, even though they worked in widely divergent times and places. After all, whatever is valuable is conditioned and caused by the laws of nature acting upon the personalities of both individual human beings and collective societies.

It is equally thought-provoking, however, to see how relatively little has been said about the opposite side of the coin; the nature, causes, and genesis of evil. These matters are usually cloaked behind the above generalized conclusions with a certain amount of secrecy. Such a state of affairs can be partially ascribed to the social conditions and historical circumstances under which these thinkers worked. Their modus operandi may have been dictated at least in part by personal fate, inherited traditions, or even prudishness. After all, justice and virtue are the opposites of force and perversity, the same applies to truthfulness vs. lies, similarly like health is the opposite of an illness.

The character and genesis of evil thus remained hidden in discreet shadows, leaving it to playwrights to deal with the subject in their highly expressive language, but that did not reach the primeval source of the phenomena. A certain cognitive space thus remains uninvestigated, a thicket of moral questions which resists understanding and philosophical generalizations. [4] [Emphasis mine]

The resistance to the comprehension of evil is profound. It penetrates into the heart of our cultures and represents a complex matrix of psycho-social blockades built over centuries. Ponerological disease has had a very long time to adapt to normal humans’ psychology and strategies have developed to transpersonify * particular sections of our modern societies, most of which we will explore over the coming months.

The pendulum always swings to extremes if we are unable to find the median point of creative tension. Forcing the issue and preferring to trust our insignificant human perceptions rather than the natural universal laws and rhythms of life has led to more and more excesses in search of an ideal that doesn’t exist and which has fed self-aggrandizement and personal power. It may be that humans function best in networked clusters of communities with service to others as the byword for a spiritually nourishing and sustainable future. Łobaczewski makes one of the most important insights into the nature of evil and how, in the future, we can prevent psychopathy from attaining widespread influence. Once the pursuit of exclusive pleasure for the self alone has become habitual and community cohesion forsaken then an endless cycle of “good times, bad times” ensues and which is reflected in the narcissistic psyche of 21st Century humanity. It is during these good times, according to Łobaczewski, that: “… people lose sight of the need for thinking, introspection, knowledge of others, and an understanding of life.”

The following crucial points are the primary reasons why psychopathy begins to insinuate itself into normal societies, a period of cyclic change Łobaczewski called the “Hysteriodal Cycle” which he describes in the following passage:

When things are ‘good’, people ask themselves whether it is worth it to ponder human nature and flaws in the personality (one’s own, or that of another). In good times, entire generations can grow up with no understanding of the creative meaning of suffering since they have never experienced it themselves. When all the joys of life are there for the taking, mental effort to understand science and the laws of nature – to acquire knowledge that may not be directly related to accumulating stuff – seems like pointless labor. Being ‘healthy minded’, and positive – a good sport with never a discouraging word – is seen as a good thing, and anyone who predicts dire consequences as the result of such insouciance is labeled a wet-blanket or a killjoy.

Perception of the truth about reality, especially a real understanding of human nature in all its ranges and permutations, ceases to be a virtue to be acquired. Thoughtful doubters are ‘meddlers’ who can’t leave well enough alone. ‘Don’t fix it if it ain’t broke.’ This attitude leads to an impoverishment of psychological knowledge including the capacity to differentiate the properties of human nature and personality, and the ability to mold healthy minds creatively.

The cult of power thus supplants the mental and moral values so essential for maintaining peace by peaceful means. A nation’s enrichment or involution as regards its psychological world-view could be considered an indicator of whether its future will be good or bad.

During good times, the search for the meaning of life, the truth of our reality, becomes uncomfortable because it reveals inconvenient factors. Unconscious elimination of data which are, or appear to be, inexpedient, begins to be habitual, a custom accepted by entire societies. The result is that any thought processes based on such truncated information cannot bring correct conclusions. This then leads to substitution of convenient lies to the self to replace uncomfortable truths thereby approaching the boundaries of phenomena which should be viewed as psychopathological.” [5] [Emphasis mine]

It seems we are presently navigating through the after effects of an Hysteriodal Cycle where the outcome is unknown. While conscious awareness of this psycho-biological phenomena has been inadequate at best, there are signs it is beginning to cause ripples across public consciousness and fields of academia. As such this “Cult of Power” is at a decisive point in its influence across human awareness.

In the next few posts we’ll start to explore the behaviour and effects of the psychopath in order to better understand how he has re-ordered the world in his own image and what we may expect in the future.


* Transpersonification is a word coined by Łobaczewski to describe the negative effects on the mind and personality from persons with certain inherited or acquired psychopathologies.

Notes

[1] ‘Child Abuse in America: Slaughter of the Innocents’ By James W. Prescott, Ph.D. From Hustler, October, 1977.
[2] p.35; Łobaczewski; Political Ponerology.
[3] Ibid. (p.38)
[4] Ibid. (p.69)
[5] Ibid. (p.62)